(Name, Telephone,
E-mail and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered
or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Securities registered
or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Securities for which
there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
The number of outstanding shares of each
of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of August 13, 2020 was: 4,381,033 ordinary shares, par value $0.01
per share.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned
issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
If this report is an annual or transition
report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant
(1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant
has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405
of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant
is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of
“large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements
in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
☐
† The term “new or revised financial accounting
standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification
after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark which basis of
accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
If “Other” has been checked
in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐
If this is an annual report, indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
PART I
CERTAIN INFORMATION
In this annual report on Form 20-F, unless
otherwise indicated, “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “Wah Fu”
refer to Wah Fu Education Group Limited, a company organized in the British Virgin Islands, its subsidiaries and variable interest
entities.
Unless the context indicates otherwise,
all references to “China” and the “PRC” refer to the People’s Republic of China, all references
to “Renminbi” or “RMB” are to the legal currency of the People’s Republic of China and all references
to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars” and “$” are to the legal currency of the United States. This
annual report contains translations of Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates solely for the convenience of the
reader. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this report could have been or could
be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On March 31, 2020, the cash
buying rate announced by the People’s Bank of China was RMB7.07 to $1.00.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report contains “forward-looking
statements” for purposes of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that represent
our beliefs, projections and predictions about future events. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward-looking
statements,” including any projections of earnings, revenue or other financial items, any statements of the plans, strategies
and objectives of management for future operations, any statements concerning proposed new projects or other developments, any
statements regarding future economic conditions or performance, any statements of management’s beliefs, goals, strategies,
intentions and objectives, and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Words such as “may”,
“will”, “should”, “could”, “would”, “predicts”, “potential”,
“continue”, “expects”, “anticipates”, “future”, “intends”, “plans”,
“believes”, “estimates” and similar expressions, as well as statements in the future tense, identify forward-looking
statements.
These statements are necessarily subjective
and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause our actual results, performance
or achievements, or industry results, to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements described in or
implied by such statements. Actual results may differ materially from expected results described in our forward-looking statements,
including with respect to correct measurement and identification of factors affecting our business or the extent of their likely
impact, and the accuracy and completeness of the publicly available information with respect to the factors upon which our business
strategy is based or the success of our business.
Forward-looking statements should not
be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of whether, or the times
by which, our performance or results may be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time
those statements are made and management’s belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks
and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by
the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those factors
discussed under the headings “Risk Factors”, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” and elsewhere
in this report.
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not Applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not Applicable.
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
3.A. Selected Financial Data
The following selected financial
information should be read in connection with, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and
their related notes and the section entitled “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included elsewhere in
this annual report. The consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive income (loss) data for the fiscal years
ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 are derived
from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. Our historical results for any prior
period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.
Selected Consolidated Statements
of Operations and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data:
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2018
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
5,637,370
|
|
|
$
|
5,358,023
|
|
|
$
|
5,967,896
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
2,250,405
|
|
|
$
|
2,503,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,738,400
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
$
|
3,821,589
|
|
|
$
|
3,742,235
|
|
|
$
|
2,665,906
|
|
Income from operations (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,571,184
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,238,591
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,072,494
|
|
Provision (benefit) for Income taxes
|
|
$
|
212,498
|
|
|
$
|
(96,804
|
)
|
|
$
|
92,023
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,641,087
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,018,527
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,203,477
|
|
Selected Consolidated Balance Sheets
Data:
|
|
As of March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2018
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
10,250,785
|
|
|
$
|
6,837,869
|
|
|
$
|
7,715,377
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
12,565,279
|
|
|
$
|
8,482,654
|
|
|
$
|
9,607,704
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$
|
2,904,555
|
|
|
$
|
1,784,951
|
|
|
$
|
1,434,391
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
3,266,150
|
|
|
$
|
1,784,951
|
|
|
$
|
1,434,391
|
|
Total shareholders’ equity (net assets)
|
|
$
|
9,299,129
|
|
|
$
|
6,697,703
|
|
|
$
|
8,173,313
|
|
Selected Consolidated Statements
of Cash Flows Data:
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2018
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
937,518
|
|
|
$
|
(513,310
|
)
|
|
$
|
(441,647
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
$
|
(2,619,099
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,370
|
|
|
$
|
(1,257,949
|
)
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
$
|
4,851,193
|
|
|
$
|
11,724
|
|
|
$
|
351,334
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
$
|
(263,439
|
)
|
|
$
|
(301,021
|
)
|
|
$
|
470,449
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
|
|
$
|
2,906,173
|
|
|
$
|
(795,237
|
)
|
|
$
|
(877,813
|
)
|
Cash, beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
3,927,718
|
|
|
$
|
4,722,955
|
|
|
$
|
5,600,768
|
|
Cash, end of the year
|
|
$
|
6,833,891
|
|
|
$
|
3,927,718
|
|
|
$
|
4,722,955
|
|
3.B. Capitalization and Indebtedness
Not Applicable.
3.C. Reasons For The Offer And Use Of Proceeds
Not Applicable.
3.D. Risk Factors
An investment in our ordinary shares
involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all other
information contained in this annual report, including the matters discussed under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements”
and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” before you decide to invest in our ordinary shares. We are a holding
company with substantial operations in China and are subject to a legal and regulatory environment that in many respects differs
from the United States. If any of the following risks, or any other risks and uncertainties that are not presently foreseeable
to us, actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and our future growth prospects could
be materially and adversely affected.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
If we are not able to continue to
attract students to purchase our course packages and to increase the spending of our students on our platforms, our business and
prospects will be materially and adversely affected.
Our ability to continue to attract students
to purchase our course packages and to increase their spending on our platforms are critical to the continued success and growth
of our business. This in turn will depend on several factors, including our ability to effectively market our platforms to a broader
base of prospective students, continue to develop, adapt or enhance quality educational content and services to meet the evolving
demands of our existing or prospective students and expand our geographic reach. We must also manage our growth while maintaining
consistent and high quality of course materials, and respond effectively to competitive pressures. If we are unable to continue
to attract students to purchase our course packages and to increase the spending of our students on our platform, our revenues
may decline, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be able to improve the
content of our existing courses, develop new courses or services in a timely or cost-effective manner.
Historically, our core business centered
on the exam preparation courses offered through our B2C platform. We have since expanded our course offerings to target students
that not only need to take self-taught higher education exams but who desire to educate themselves in other fields of study, as
well as a broader range of situation-based education and test preparation targeting a wide range of student demographics. We constantly
update and improve the content of our existing courses and develop new courses or services to meet changing market demands. Revisions
to our existing courses and our newly developed courses or services may not be well received by existing or prospective students.
If we cannot respond effectively to changes in market demands, our business may be adversely affected. Even if we are able to
develop new courses or services that are well received, we may not be able to introduce them in a timely or cost-effective manner.
If we do not respond adequately to changes in market demands, our ability to attract and retain students may be impaired and our
financial results could suffer.
The effectiveness of our program depends
on the success of our personalized learning approach to self-taught and adult higher education, which in turn is determined by
the efficiency of our data analytics know-how. We might not be able to continue to efficiently monitor and analyze relevant data
important for us to provide a personalized learning experience for our students, or to continue to drive our teaching training,
curriculum development and other operational aspects of our platforms.
The timing of the introduction of new
courses is subject to risks and uncertainties, including our ability to find and retain teachers and attract students. Offering
new courses or services or modifying existing courses may require us to invest in content development, increase marketing efforts
and re-allocate resources away from other uses. Unexpected technical, operational, logistical or other problems could delay or
prevent the introduction of one or more new courses. Moreover, we cannot assure you that any of these courses or programs will
match the quality or popularity of those developed by our competitors, achieve widespread market acceptance or contribute the
desired level of income. We may have limited experience with the content of new courses or services and may need to adjust our
systems and strategies to incorporate new courses or services into our existing course catalogue. If we are unable to continuously
improve the content of our existing courses, or offer new courses or services in a timely or cost-effective manner, our results
of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our business depends on the market
recognition of our brand, and if we are unable to maintain and enhance brand recognition, our business, financial condition and
results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
We believe that the market recognition
of our “Huaxiadadi” brand has significantly contributed to the success of our business and that maintaining and enhancing
our brand recognition is critical to sustaining our competitive advantages. Our ability to maintain and enhance brand recognition
and reputation depends primarily on the perceived effectiveness and quality of our curriculum and teachers, as well as the success
of our branding efforts. Our branding efforts, however, may not be successful and we may incur significant branding costs. If
we are unable to maintain and further enhance our brand recognition and reputation and promote awareness of our platforms, we
may not be able to maintain our current level of students, fees and engage qualified teachers, and our results of operations may
be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, any negative publicity relating to our company, our courses, teachers, platforms
and services, regardless of its veracity, could harm our brand image and in turn materially and adversely affect our business
and results of operations.
If we are unable to conduct sales
and marketing activities cost-effectively, our results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.
We incurred selling and marketing expenses of $1,314,403 and
$1,441,165 for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As we continue to increase our marketing efforts for our
B2C service by establishing office in more provinces, we expect our selling and marketing expenses to increase for the next three
years.
Our sales activities may not be well received
by students and may not result in the levels of sales that we anticipate and our free trials may not be attractive to our prospective
institution customers and students. Furthermore, we may not be able to achieve the operational efficiency necessary to increase
the gross billings per sales and marketing staff. We also may not be able to retain or recruit experienced sales staff, or to
efficiently train junior sales staff. Further, marketing and branding approaches and tools in the online education market in China
are evolving, especially for mobile platforms. This further requires us to enhance our marketing and branding approaches and experiment
with new methods to keep pace with industry developments and student preferences. Failure to refine our existing marketing and
branding approaches or to introduce new marketing and branding approaches in a cost-effective manner may reduce our market share,
cause our revenues to decline and negatively impact our profitability.
Collectability of our accounts receivable
has adversely impacted our operating cash flow, and may continue to do so.
Our net accounts receivable balance was $0.5 million and $1.78
million as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, the accounts receivable derived from our B2B2C
service accounted for 100% and 29%, respectively, of the total accounts receivable balance and the accounts receivable derived
from technological development and operation services accounted for 0% and 71%, respectively, of the total accounts receivable
balance. The aging of such accounts receivable ranged from 3 months to over one year. As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, accounts receivable
aging more than 3 months and less than 12 months was $294,343 and $1,069,340, respectively, and accounts receivable aging more
than 12 months was $108 and $413,429, respectively.
Although we have been taking measures
to mitigate the risk of not being able to collect accounts in a timely fashion, including negotiating and entering into repayment
plans with certain major customers, there is no assurance that we will be able to collect accounts receivables pursuant to such
plans. Such risk is even higher due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on certain university and academic institution customers
due to their business closures required by government protocols. If the accounts receivables cannot be collected in time, or at
all, a significant amount of bad debt expense will occur, and our business, financial condition and results of operation may be
materially and adversely affected. In addition, if the market competition becomes more intense and we extend more credit sales
to our customers, the balance of our accounts receivables may further increase, which may adversely affect our financial conditions
and operation results.
If we are not able to continue to
engage and retain qualified teachers, we may not be able to maintain consistent teaching quality on our platforms, and our business,
financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.
Our teachers are critical to the learning
experience of our students and our reputation. We seek to engage highly qualified teachers with strong teaching skills. We must
provide competitive pay and other benefits to attract and retain them. Furthermore, as we continue to develop new course contents
and lesson formats, we may need to engage additional teachers with appropriate skill sets or backgrounds to deliver instructions
effectively. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to effectively engage such teachers quickly, or at all. Further, given other
potential more attractive opportunities for our quality teachers, over time, some of them may choose to end their relationship
with us. We have not experienced major difficulties in engaging, or retaining qualified teachers in the past, however, we may
not always be able to engage and retain enough qualified teachers to keep pace with our growth while maintaining consistent education
quality. We may also face significant competition in engaging qualified teachers from our competitors or from other opportunities
that are perceived as more desirable. A shortage of qualified teachers, a decrease in the quality of our teachers’ performances,
whether actual or perceived, or a significant increase in the cost to engage or retain qualified teachers would have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our historical financial and operating
results, growth rates and profitability may not be indicative of future performance.
We had a net loss of $1,641,087 and $1,018,527
for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Any evaluation of our business and our prospects must be considered
in light of the risks and uncertainties encountered by companies at our stage of development. The private education market in
China is still at the development stage, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and future prospects. In addition,
our past results may not be indicative of future performance because of new businesses developed or acquired by us. Furthermore,
our results of operations may vary from period to period in response to a variety of other factors beyond our control, including
general economic conditions and regulations or government actions pertaining to the private education service sector in China,
changes in spending on private education and non-recurring charges incurred under unexpected circumstances or in connection with
acquisitions, equity investments or other extraordinary transactions. Due to these and other factors, our historical financial
and operating results, growth rates and profitability as well as comparisons of our semi-annual and annual operating results may
not be indicative of our future performance and you should not rely on them to predict our future performance.
If our students’ level of
performance deteriorates or satisfaction with our services declines, the students may decide to withdraw from our courses and
request refunds and our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation would be adversely affected.
The success of our business depends in
part on our ability to deliver a satisfactory learning experience and improved academic results. Our services may fail to improve
a student’s academic performance and a student may perform below expectations even after completing our courses. Additionally,
student satisfaction with our services may decline. A student’s learning experience may also suffer if his or her relationship
with our teachers does not meet expectations. We generally offer refunds for the remaining classes in a course to students who
withdraw from the course. If a significant number of students fail to improve their academic performance after attending our courses
or if their learning experiences with us are unsatisfactory, they may decide to withdraw from our courses and request refunds,
and our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation would be adversely affected.
We face significant competition,
and if we fail to compete effectively, we may lose our market share or fail to gain additional market share, which would adversely
impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
The private education market in China
is fragmented, rapidly evolving and highly competitive. We face competition in self-taught higher education and adult higher education,
from existing online and offline education companies. In the future, we may also face competition from new entrants into the private
education market.
Some of our competitors may be able to
devote more resources than we can to the development and promotion of their education programs and respond more quickly than we
can to changes in student demands, market trends or new technologies. In addition, some of our competitors may be able to respond
more quickly to changes in student preferences or engage in price-cutting strategies. We cannot assure you that we will be able
to compete successfully against current or future competitors. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position or otherwise
respond to competitive pressure effectively, we may lose market share or be forced to reduce our fees for course packages, either
of which would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Our new courses and services may
compete with our existing courses and services.
We are constantly developing new courses
and services to meet changes in student demands, school curriculum, testing materials, admission standards, market trends and
technologies. While some of the courses and services that we develop will expand our current course catalogue and services and
increase student enrollment, others may compete with or render obsolete our existing courses and services without increasing our
total student enrollment. If we are unable to increase our total student enrollment and profitability as we expand our course
catalogue and services, our business and growth may be adversely affected.
If we fail to successfully execute
our growth strategies, our business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
Our growth strategies include further
enhancing our brand image to grow our student base and increase student enrollments, developing our online course catalogue and
online education platforms, increasing our market penetration, expanding into additional markets, improving the learning experience
of our students, and advancing our technology. We may not succeed in executing these growth strategies due to a number of factors,
including the following:
|
●
|
we
may fail to identify, and effectively market our services in, new markets with sufficient growth potential into which to expand
our network or promote new courses in existing markets;
|
|
●
|
we
may fail to further promote our platforms;
|
|
●
|
we
may not be able to continue to enhance our online offerings or expand them to new markets, generate profits from online offerings,
or adapt online offerings to changing student needs and technological advances such that we will continue to face significant
student acquisition costs in the markets we enter;
|
|
●
|
we
may not be able to engage and retain a sufficient number of qualified teachers and other personnel;
|
|
●
|
we
may fail to maintain the technology necessary to deliver a smooth learning experience to our students; and
|
|
●
|
we
may not be able to identify suitable targets for acquisitions and partnership.
|
If we fail to successfully execute our
growth strategies, we may not be able to maintain our growth rate and our business and prospects may be materially and adversely
affected as a result.
We may not be able to adopt new
technologies important to our business.
Technology standards in internet and value-added
telecommunications services and products in general, and in online education in particular, may change over time. If we fail to
anticipate and adapt to technological changes, our market share and our business development could suffer, which in turn could
have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. If we are unsuccessful in addressing
any of the risks related to new courses, our reputation and business may be materially and adversely affected.
Unexpected network interruptions,
security breaches or computer virus attacks and system failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Our business depends on the performance
and reliability of the internet infrastructure in China. In China, almost all access to the internet is maintained through state-controlled
telecommunications operators. In many parts of China, the internet infrastructure is relatively underdeveloped, and internet connections
are generally slower and less stable than in more developed countries. We cannot assure you that the internet infrastructure in
China will remain sufficiently reliable for our needs or that either country will ever develop and make available more reliable
internet access to our students and teacher. Any failure to maintain the performance, reliability, security or availability of
our network infrastructure may cause significant damage to our ability to attract and retain students and teachers. Major risks
involving our network infrastructure include:
|
●
|
breakdowns
or system failures resulting in a prolonged shutdown of our servers;
|
|
●
|
disruption
or failure in the national backbone networks in China, which would make it impossible for students and teachers to access our
online and mobile platforms or to engage in live lessons;
|
|
●
|
damage
from natural disaster or other catastrophic event such as an typhoon, volcanic eruption, earthquake, flood, telecommunications
failure, or other similar events in China; and
|
|
●
|
any
infection by or spread of computer viruses.
|
Any network interruption or inadequacy
that causes interruptions in the availability of our online and mobile platforms or deterioration in the quality of access to
our online and mobile platforms could reduce student satisfaction and result in a reduction in the activity level of our students
and the number of students purchasing our course packages. Furthermore, increases in the volume of traffic on our online and mobile
platforms could strain the capacity of our existing computer systems and bandwidth, which could lead to slower response times
or system failures. The internet infrastructure in China may not support the demands associated with continued growth in internet
usage. This would cause a disruption or suspension in our lesson delivery, which could hurt our brand and reputation. We may need
to incur additional costs to upgrade our technology infrastructure and computer systems in order to accommodate increased demand
if we anticipate that our systems cannot handle higher volumes of traffic in the future.
All of our servers and routers, including
backup servers, are currently hosted by third-party service providers in Tianjin and Wuhan in China. We also rely on major telecommunication
companies to provide us with data communications capacity primarily through local telecommunications lines and internet data centers
to host our servers. We may not have access to alternative services and we have no control over the costs of services. If the
prices that we pay for telecommunications and internet services in China rise significantly, our gross profit and net income could
be adversely affected. In addition, if internet access fees or other charges to internet users increase, our visitor traffic may
decrease, which in turn may harm our revenues.
Some students may decide not to
continue taking our courses for a number of reasons, including a perceived lack of improvement in their performance in specific
courses, a change in requirements or general dissatisfaction with our programs, which may adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations and reputation.
The success of our business depends in
large part on our ability to retain our students by delivering a satisfactory learning experience and improving their performance
in the courses they have taken. If students feel that we are not providing them the experience they are seeking, they may choose
not to renew their existing packages. For example, our courses may fail to significantly improve a student’s performance
in the relevant subject area. Student satisfaction with our programs may decline for a number of reasons, many of which may not
reflect the effectiveness of our lessons and teaching methods. Students also need to be self-motivated in order to successfully
complete the courses in which they enroll. If students’ performances decline as a result of their own study habits or inability
to learn the course material, they may not purchase additional lessons from us or refer other students to us, which could materially
adversely affect our business.
A student’s learning experience
may also suffer if his or her relationship with our teaching assistants does not meet expectations. If a significant number of
students fail to significantly improve their proficiency in the applicable course subject after taking our lessons or if their
learning experiences with us are unsatisfactory, they may not purchase additional lessons from us or refer other students to us
and our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation would be adversely affected.
Our failure to protect our intellectual
property rights may undermine our competitive position, and litigation to protect our intellectual property rights or defend against
third party allegations of infringement may be costly and ineffective.
We believe that our copyrights, trademarks
and other intellectual property are essential to our success. We depend to a large extent on our ability to develop and maintain
the intellectual property rights relating to our technology and course materials. We have devoted considerable time and energy
to the development and improvement of our websites, mobile apps, and our course materials.
We rely primarily on copyrights, trademarks,
trade secrets and other contractual restrictions for the protection of the intellectual property used in our business. Nevertheless,
these provide only limited protection and the actions we take to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate.
Our trade secrets may become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. Third parties may in the future pirate our
course materials and may infringe upon or misappropriate our other intellectual property. Infringement upon or the misappropriation
of, our proprietary technologies or other intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or operating results. Policing the unauthorized use of proprietary technology can be difficult and expensive.
Also, litigation may be necessary to enforce
our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others.
Such litigation may be costly and divert management’s attention away from our business. An adverse determination in any
such litigation would impair our intellectual property rights and may harm our business, prospects and reputation. Enforcement
of judgments in China is uncertain, and even if we are successful in litigation, it may not provide us with an effective remedy.
In addition, we have no insurance coverage against litigation costs and would have to bear all costs arising from such litigation
to the extent we are unable to recover them from other parties. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may encounter disputes from time
to time relating to our use of intellectual property of third parties.
We cannot be certain that third parties
will not claim that our business infringes upon or otherwise violates trademarks, patents, copyrights or other intellectual property
rights that they hold. We cannot assure you that third parties will not claim that our courses and marketing materials, online
courses, products, and platform or other intellectual property developed or used by us infringe upon valid copyrights or other
intellectual property rights that they hold. We may be subject to claims by educational institutions and organizations, content
providers and publishers, competitors and others on the grounds of intellectual property rights infringement, defamation, negligence
or other legal theories based on the content of the materials that we or our teachers distribute or use in our business operation.
These types of claims have been brought, sometimes successfully, against print publications and educational institutions in the
past. We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not
prevail in those disputes.
Any claims against us, with or without
merit, could be time consuming and costly to defend or litigate, divert our management’s attention and resources or result
in the loss of goodwill associated with our brand. If a lawsuit against us is successful, we may be required to pay substantial
damages and/or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be based upon commercially reasonable terms, or we may be
unable to enter into such agreements at all. We may also lose, or be limited in, the rights to offer some of our programs, parts
of our platform and products or be required to make changes to our course materials or websites. As a result, the scope of our
course materials could be reduced, which could adversely affect the effectiveness of our curriculum, limit our ability to attract
new students, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
Failure to protect confidential
information of our teachers, students and other customers against security breaches could damage our reputation and brand and
substantially harm our business and results of operations.
A significant challenge to the online
education industry is the secure storage of confidential information and its secure transmission over public networks. Most purchases
of our course packages are made through our website and our mobile apps. In addition, online payments for our course packages
are settled through third-party online payment services. Maintaining complete security for the storage and transmission of confidential
information on our technology platform, such as student names, personal information and billing addresses, is essential to maintaining
student confidence.
We have adopted security policies and
measures to protect our proprietary data and student information]. However, advances in technology, the expertise of hackers,
new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology
that we use to protect confidential information. We may not be able to prevent third parties, especially hackers or other individuals
or entities engaging in similar activities, from illegally obtaining such confidential or private information we hold as a result
of our users’ visits to our website and use of our mobile apps. Such individuals or entities obtaining our clients’
confidential or private information may further engage in various other illegal activities using such information. Any negative
publicity regarding our website’s or mobile apps’ safety or privacy protection mechanisms and policies, and any claims
asserted against us or fines imposed upon us as a result of actual or perceived failures, could have a material and adverse effect
on our public image, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.
Practices regarding the collection, use,
storage, transmission and security of personal information by companies operating over the internet and mobile platforms have
recently come under increased public scrutiny. Increased regulation by the PRC government of data privacy on the internet may
occur and we may become subject to new laws and regulations applying to the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal
or consumer information that could affect how we store and process the data of our teachers, students and clients. We generally
comply with industry standards and are subject to the terms of our own privacy policies. Compliance with any additional laws could
be expensive, and may place restrictions on the conduct of our business and the manner in which we interact with our students
and other clients. Any failure to comply with applicable regulations could also result in regulatory enforcement actions against
us.
Significant capital and other resources
may be required to protect against information security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches or to comply
with our privacy policies or privacy-related legal obligations. The resources required may increase over time as the methods used
by hackers and others engaged in online criminal activities are increasingly sophisticated and constantly evolving. Any failure
or perceived failure by us to prevent information security breaches or to comply with privacy policies or privacy-related legal
obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of personally identifiable information
or other student data, could cause our students to lose trust in us and could expose us to legal claims. Any perception by the
public that online transactions or the privacy of user information are becoming increasingly unsafe or vulnerable to attacks could
inhibit the growth of online education services generally, which may negatively impact our business prospects.
Our employees may engage in misconduct
or other improper activities or misuse our platforms, which could harm our reputation.
We are exposed to the risk of employee
fraud or other misconduct. Employee misconduct could include intentionally failing to comply with government regulations, engaging
in unauthorized activities and misrepresentation to our potential students and clients during marketing activities, which could
harm our reputation. Employee misconduct could also involve improper use of our clients’ and teachers’ sensitive or
classified information, which could result in regulatory sanctions against us and serious harm to our reputation. Employee misconduct
could also involve making payments to government officials or third parties that would expose us to being in violation of laws.
It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not
be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, which could harm our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Allegations, harassment or other
detrimental conduct by third parties, as well as the public dissemination of negative, inaccurate or misleading information about
us, could harm our reputation and adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.
We may be subject to allegations by third
parties or purported current or former employees, negative internet postings and other negative, inaccurate or misleading publicity
related to our business and operations. We may also become the target of harassment or other detrimental conduct by third parties
or disgruntled former or current employees. Such conduct may include complaints, anonymous or otherwise, to our board, advisors,
regulatory agencies, media or other organizations. Depending on their nature and significance, we may need to conduct internal
investigations to appropriately review any such allegations. We may also be subject to government or regulatory inquiries or,
investigations or other proceedings as a result of such third-party conduct and may be required to spend significant time and
incur substantial costs to address such conduct, and there is no assurance that we will be able to conclusively refute each of
the allegations within a reasonable period of time, or at all. Allegations may be posted on the internet, including social media
platforms, by anyone anonymously. Any negative, inaccurate or misleading publicity about us or our management can be quickly and
widely disseminated. Social media platforms and devices immediately publish the content of their subscribers’ and participants’
posts, often without filters or checks on the accuracy of the content posted. Information posted on the internet or otherwise
publicly released, including by us or our employees, may be inaccurate or misleading, and the information or the inaccurate or
misleading nature of the information, may harm our reputation, business or prospects. The harm may be immediate without affording
us an opportunity for redress or correction. Our reputation may be negatively affected as a result of the public dissemination
of negative, inaccurate, or misleading information about our business and operations, which in turn may cause us to lose market
share or students, and adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.
We may not be able to achieve the
benefits we expect from future acquisitions, and future acquisitions may have an adverse effect on our ability to manage our business.
We intend to make acquisitions or equity
investments in additional businesses that complement our existing business. We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired
businesses and we may not have control over the businesses or operations of our minority equity investments, the value of which
may decline over time. As a result, our business and operating results could be harmed. In addition, if the businesses we acquire
or invest in do not subsequently generate the anticipated financial performance or if any goodwill impairment test triggering
event occurs, we may need to revalue or write down the value of goodwill and other intangible assets in connection with such acquisitions
or investments, which would harm our results of operations. In addition, we may be unable to identify appropriate acquisition
or strategic investment targets when it is necessary or desirable to make such acquisition or investment to remain competitive
or to expand our business. Even if we identify an appropriate acquisition or investment target, we may not be able to negotiate
the terms of the acquisition or investment successfully, finance the proposed transaction or integrate the relevant businesses
into our existing business and operations. Furthermore, as we often do not have control over the companies in which we only have
minority stake, we cannot ensure that these companies will always comply with applicable laws and regulations in their business
operations. Material non-compliance by our investees may cause substantial harm to our reputation and the value of our investment.
The wide variety of payment methods
that we accept subjects us to third-party payment processing-related risks.
We accept payments using a variety of
methods, including bank transfers, online payments with credit cards and debit cards issued by major banks in China, and payment
through third-party online payment platforms such as Alipay and WeChat Pay. For certain payment methods, including credit and
debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower our profit
margins. We may also be susceptible to fraud and other illegal activities in connection with the various payment methods we offer.
We are also subject to various rules, regulations and requirements, regulatory or otherwise, governing electronic funds transfers
which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules
or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and become unable to accept credit and debit card payments
from our students, process electronic funds transfers or facilitate other types of online payments, and our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
If our senior management is unable
to work together effectively or efficiently or if we lose their services, our business may be severely disrupted.
Our success heavily depends upon the continued
services of our management. In particular, we rely on the expertise and experience of Yang Yu, Xinghui Yang and Cuntao Hou. We
also rely on the experience and services from other senior management. If such individuals cannot work together effectively or
efficiently, our business may be severely disrupted. If one or more of our senior managers were unable or unwilling to continue
in their present positions, we might not be able to replace them easily or at all, and our business, financial condition and results
of operations may be materially and adversely affected. If any of our senior management joins a competitor or forms a competing
business, we may lose students, teachers, and other key professionals and staff members. Our senior management has entered into
employment agreements with us, including confidentiality and non-competition clauses. However, if any dispute arises between our
officers and us, we may have to incur substantial costs and expenses in order to enforce such agreements in China or we may be
unable to enforce them at all.
Our results of operations are subject
to seasonal fluctuations.
Our industry generally experiences seasonality,
reflecting a combination of traditional education industry patterns and new patterns associated with the online platforms in particular.
Seasonal fluctuations have affected, and are likely to continue to affect, our business. In general, our self-taught examination
services experiences lower student enrollment during the month following the four examination periods but enjoys higher student
enrollment during the two months before the four examination periods. As to our continuing education services, our sales generally
slow down when our cooperating universities and colleges are summer and winter breaks. Our financial condition and results of
operations for future periods may continue to fluctuate. As a result, the trading price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate from
time to time due to seasonality.
We have limited insurance coverage
for our operations in China, which could expose us to significant costs and business disruption.
We do not maintain any liability insurance
or property insurance policies covering students, equipment and facilities for injuries, death or losses due to fire, earthquake,
flood or any other disaster. Consistent with customary industry practice in China, we do not maintain business interruption insurance,
nor do we maintain key-man life insurance. However, as the insurance industry in China is still in an early stage of development,
insurance companies in China currently offer limited business-related insurance products. We do not maintain business interruption
insurance, nor do we maintain key-man life insurance. We cannot assure you that our insurance coverage is sufficient to prevent
us from any loss or that we will be able to successfully claim our losses under our current insurance policy on a timely basis,
or at all. If we incur any loss that is not covered by our insurance policies, or the compensated amount is significantly less
than our actual loss, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
We have identified material weaknesses
in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over
financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and
the market price of our ordinary shares may be materially and adversely affected.
Prior to the initial public offering consummated
in April 2019 (the “IPO”), we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which
to address our internal controls and procedures. We have identified “material weaknesses” and other control deficiencies
including significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. As defined in the standards established by
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States, or PCAOB, a “material weakness” is a deficiency,
or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that
a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
One material weakness that has been
identified related to our lack of sufficient financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S.
GAAP and SEC reporting requirements to properly address complex U.S. GAAP accounting issues and to prepare and review our
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures to fulfill U.S. GAAP and SEC financial reporting requirements. As
our operations continue to expand, we plan to hire additional accounting and finance staff to increase segregation of duties
and also invest in technology infrastructure to support our financial reporting function. Despite all these remedial
measures, we might efficiently address the weaknesses we have identified.
Neither we nor our independent registered
public accounting firm undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control for purposes of identifying and reporting
material weaknesses and other control deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting as we and they will be required
to do after we become a public company. Had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting
or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting,
additional deficiencies may have been identified.
We are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, requires that we include a report from management on the effectiveness
of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with this report. In addition, once
we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public
accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management
may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that
our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting
its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level
at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently
from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management,
operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation
testing and any required remediation.
During the course of documenting and testing
our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies
in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over
financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude
on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail
to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements
and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information.
This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price
of our ordinary shares. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk
of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory
investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We may also be required to restate our financial statements from prior periods.
Any significant interruption in
the operations of our customer hotline could adversely affect our ability to respond to potential customers’ inquiries and
other service requests in a timely manner.
We have a customer hotline which responds
to inquiries from potential customers and provides customer service to our existing customers. We have not experienced any significant
interruption in the operations of our customer hotline. We do not currently have a risk mitigation plan for our customer hotline
to prevent an interruption of its operation due to natural disasters, accidents or other events. Any significant interruptions
as a result of these events or our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or manage the necessary expansions or
upgrades in the customer hotline could reduce our ability to respond to customer inquiries or service requests, which could in
turn result in the loss of potential customers and damage our reputation.
The impact of any kind of epidemic, such as the COVID-19,
on our operations, may harm our business.
Affected by the COVID-19 pandemic in
2020, the daily offline education and teaching activities of colleges and universities across the country were suspended due
to government protocols. Due to the fact that colleges and universities throughout the country did not start school during
the pandemic, the Company will likely experience delay in payments by its customers. Although the number of existing
continuing education users who switch from offline to online learning is increasing, the new demand for continuing education
promotion in a certain period of time in the future is still uncertain.
Risks
Related to Our Corporate Structure
If the PRC government finds that
the contractual arrangements that establish the structure for holding our Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license
do not comply with applicable PRC laws and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our
interests in those operations.
Foreign ownership in entities that provide
value-added telecommunication services, is subject to restrictions under current PRC laws and regulations. For example, in accordance
with the Guidance Catalog of Industries for Foreign Investment, as amended in June 2017, and other applicable laws and regulations,
foreign investors are not allowed to own more than 50% of the equity interests in a value-added telecommunication service provider
(except for e-commerce) and any such foreign investor must have experience in providing value-added telecommunications services
overseas and maintain a good track record.
We are a British Virgin Islands company
and our PRC subsidiary, Beijing Distance Learning is considered a foreign-invested enterprise. To comply with PRC laws and regulations,
we operate our website, www.edu-edu.com, through our PRC consolidated VIE, Beijing Digital Information, which holds
our ICP License for www.edu-edu.com. Beijing Digital Information is 51.5% owned by Yang Yu and 48.5% owned by Xinghui
Yang. All shareholders of Beijing Digital Information are PRC citizens. We entered into a series of contractual arrangements with
Beijing Digital Information and its shareholders, which enable us to:
|
●
|
exercise
effective control over Beijing Digital Information;
|
|
●
|
receive
substantially all of the economic benefits; and
|
|
●
|
have
an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in Beijing Digital Information when and to the extent permitted
by PRC law.
|
Because of these contractual arrangements,
we are the primary beneficiary of Beijing Digital Information and treat it as our PRC consolidated VIE under U.S. GAAP. We
consolidate the financial results of Beijing Digital Information in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Jingtian & Gongcheng, our PRC legal
counsel, is of the opinion that (i) the ownership structure of Shanghai Xin Fu and Beijing Distance Learning will not result
in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and (ii) the contractual arrangements among Beijing Digital
Information and Beijing Distance Learning and its shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will
not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect. Our PRC legal counsel is also of the opinion that
there are, however, substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations
concerning foreign investment in the PRC, and their application to and effect on the legality, binding effect and enforceability
of the contractual arrangements. In particular, we cannot rule out the possibility that PRC regulatory authorities, courts or
arbitral tribunals may in the future adopt a different or contrary interpretation or take a view that is inconsistent with the
opinion of our PRC legal counsel.
On March 15, 2019, the National People’s
Congress, China’s national legislative body (the “NPC”) approved the Foreign Investment Law, which took effect
on January 1, 2020. Since it is relatively new, uncertainties exist in relation to its interpretation and its implementation
rules that are yet to be issued. The Foreign Investment Law does not explicitly classify whether variable interest entities that
are controlled through contractual arrangements would be deemed as foreign-invested enterprises if they are ultimately “controlled”
by foreign investors. However, it has a catch-all provision under definition of “foreign investment” that includes
investments made by foreign investors in China through other means as provided by laws, administrative regulations or the State
Council. Therefore it still leaves leeway for future laws, administrative regulations or provisions of the State Council to provide
for contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment. Therefore, there can be no assurance that our control over our consolidated
VIE through contractual arrangements will not be deemed as foreign investment in the future.
The Foreign Investment Law grants national
treatment to foreign-invested entities, except for those foreign-invested entities that operate in industries specified
as either “restricted” or “prohibited” from foreign investment in a “negative list” that is
yet to be published. It is unclear whether the “negative list” to be published will differ from the current Special
Administrative Measures for Market Access of Foreign Investment (Negative List). The Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign-invested entities
operating in “restricted” or “prohibited” industries will require market entry clearance and other approvals
from relevant PRC government authorities. If our control over our consolidated VIE through contractual arrangements are deemed
as foreign investment in the future, and any business of our consolidated VIE is “restricted” or “prohibited”
from foreign investment under the “negative list” effective at the time, we may be deemed to be in violation of the
Foreign Investment Law, the contractual arrangements that allow us to have control over our consolidated VIE may be deemed as
invalid and illegal, and we may be required to unwind such contractual arrangements and/or restructure our business operations,
any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business operation.
If, as a result of such contractual arrangement,
we or Beijing Digital Information is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or such contractual
arrangement is determined as illegal and invalid by the PRC court, arbitral tribunal or regulatory authorities, or we fail to
obtain, maintain or renew any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion
to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including:
|
●
|
revoking
the business licenses and/or operating licenses of Beijing Distance Learning and/or Beijing Digital Information;
|
|
●
|
discontinuing
or restricting the conduct of any transactions between Beijing Distance Learning and Beijing Digital Information;
|
|
●
|
limiting
our business expansion in China by way of entering into contractual arrangements;
|
|
●
|
imposing
fines, confiscating the income from Beijing Digital Information, or imposing other requirements with which we or Beijing Digital
Information may not be able to comply with;
|
|
●
|
shutting
down our servers or blocking our websites;
|
|
●
|
requiring
us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with Beijing Digital
Information and deregistering the equity pledges of Beijing Digital Information;
|
|
●
|
restricting
or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of the IPO to finance our business and operations in China;
|
|
●
|
imposing
additional conditions or requirements with which we may not be able to comply with; or
|
|
●
|
take
other regulatory or enforcement actions against us that could be harmful to our business.
|
The imposition of any of these penalties
could result in a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business and on our results of operations. If any
of these penalties results in our inability to direct the activities of Beijing Digital Information that most significantly impact
its economic performance, and/or our failure to receive the economic benefits from Beijing Digital Information, we may not be
able to consolidate Beijing Digital Information in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
We rely on contractual arrangements
with Beijing Digital Information and its shareholders for a portion of our business operations, which may not be as effective
as direct ownership in providing operational control.
We have relied and expect to continue
to rely on contractual arrangements with Beijing Digital Information, as well as its respective shareholders, to operate our www.edu-edu.com website
and mobile apps. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “History and Development of the Company.”
These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over Beijing Digital Information.
For example, Beijing Digital Information and its shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other
things, failing to conduct their operations, including maintaining our website and using the domain names and trademarks, in an
acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests.
If we had direct ownership of Beijing
Digital Information, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to change the executive director of Beijing Digital
Information, which in turn could effect changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management level. However,
under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on the performance by Beijing Digital Information and its shareholders of
their obligations under the contracts to exercise control over Beijing Digital Information. However, the shareholders of Beijing
Digital Information may not act in the best interests of the Company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts.
Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate our business through the contractual arrangements with Beijing
Digital Information. We may replace the shareholders of Beijing Digital Information at any time pursuant to our contractual arrangements
with it and its shareholders. However, if any dispute relating to these contracts remains unresolved, we will have to enforce
our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC law and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal
system. See “—Any failure by Beijing Digital Information or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our
contractual arrangements with them would have a material and adverse effect on our business.” Therefore, our contractual
arrangements with Beijing Digital Information may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our
business operations as direct ownership would be.
Substantial uncertainties exist
with respect to the enactment timetable, interpretation and implementation of draft PRC Foreign Investment Law and how it may
impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations.
The MOC published a discussion draft of
the proposed Foreign Investment Law in January 2015 aiming to, upon its enactment, replace the trio of existing laws regulating
foreign investment in China, namely, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative
Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Wholly Foreign-invested Enterprise Law . The Draft Foreign Investment Law embodies
an expected PRC regulatory trend to rationalize its foreign investment regulatory regime in line with prevailing international
practice and the legislative efforts to unify the corporate legal requirements for both foreign and domestic investments. While
the MOC solicited comments on this draft in early 2015, substantial uncertainties exist with respect to its enactment timetable,
interpretation and implementation.
Among other things, the Draft Foreign
Investment Law expands the definition of foreign investment and introduces the principle of “actual control” in determining
whether a company is considered an FIE. The Draft Foreign Investment Law specifically provides that entities established in China
but “controlled” by foreign investors will be treated as FIEs, whereas an entity set up in a foreign jurisdiction
would nonetheless be, upon market entry clearance by the MOC, treated as a PRC domestic investor provided that the entity is “controlled”
by PRC entities and/or citizens. In this connection, “foreign investors” refers to the following subjects making investments
within the PRC: (i) natural persons without PRC nationality; (ii) enterprises incorporated under the laws of countries
or regions other than China; (iii) the governments of countries or regions other than the PRC and the departments or agencies
thereunder; and (iv) international organizations. Domestic enterprises under the control of the subjects as mentioned in
the preceding sentence are deemed foreign investors, and “control” is broadly defined in the draft law to cover the
following summarized categories: (i) holding, directly or indirectly, not less than 50% of shares, equities, share of voting
rights or other similar rights of the subject entity; (ii) holding, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the voting rights
of the subject entity but having the power to secure at least 50% of the seats on the board or other equivalent decision making
bodies, or having the voting power to material influence on the board, the shareholders’ meeting or other equivalent decision
making bodies; or (iii) having the power to exert decisive influence, via contractual or trust arrangements, over the subject
entity’s operations, financial matters or other key aspects of business operations. Once an entity is determined to be an
FIE, it will be subject to the foreign investment restrictions or prohibitions set forth in a “catalogue of special administrative
measures,” which is classified into the “catalogue of prohibitions” and “the catalogue of restrictions,”
to be separately issued by the State Council later. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in any sector set forth in the
catalogue of prohibitions. However, unless the underlying business of the FIE falls within the catalogue of restrictions, which
calls for market entry clearance by the MOC, prior approval from governmental authorities as mandated by the existing foreign
investment legal regime would no longer be required for establishment of the FIE.
The “variable interest entity”
structure, or VIE structure, has been adopted by many PRC-based companies, including us, to obtain necessary licenses and permits
in the industries that are currently subject to foreign investment restrictions in China. See “—If the PRC government
finds that the contractual arrangements that establish the structure for holding our ICP license do not comply with applicable
PRC laws and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations”
and “History and Development of the Company.” Under the Draft Foreign Investment Law, VIEs that are controlled via
contractual arrangement would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors. Therefore,
for any companies with a VIE structure in an industry category that is on the “catalogue of restrictions,” the VIE
structure may be deemed a domestic investment only if the ultimate controlling person(s) is/are of PRC nationality (either PRC
companies or PRC citizens). Conversely, if the actual controlling person(s) is/are of foreign nationalities, then the VIEs will
be treated as FIEs and any operation in the industry category on the “catalogue of restrictions” without market entry
clearance may be considered as illegal.
In addition, the Draft Foreign Investment
Law does not indicate what actions shall be taken with respect to the existing companies with a VIE structure, whether or not
these companies are controlled by Chinese parties. Moreover, it is uncertain whether the online education industry, in which our
PRC consolidated VIE operate, will be subject to the foreign investment restrictions or prohibitions set forth in the “catalogue
of special administrative measures” to be issued. If the enacted version of the Foreign Investment Law and the final “catalogue
of special administrative measures” mandate further actions, such as the MOC market entry clearance, to be completed by
companies with an existing VIE structure like us, we face uncertainties as to whether such clearance can be timely obtained, or
at all.
The Draft Foreign Investment Law, if enacted
as proposed, may also materially impact our corporate governance practice and increase our compliance costs. For instance, the
Draft Foreign Investment Law imposes stringent ad hoc and periodic information reporting requirements on foreign investors and
the applicable FIEs. Aside from an investment information report required at each investment, and investment amendment reports,
which shall be submitted upon alteration of investment specifics, it is mandatory for entities established by foreign investors
to submit an annual report, and large foreign investors meeting certain criteria are required to report on a quarterly basis.
Any company found to be non-compliant with these reporting obligations may potentially be subject to fines and/or administrative
or criminal liabilities, and the persons directly responsible may be subject to criminal liabilities.
On December 26, 2018, NPCSC published
the 2018 Draft Foreign Investment Law deliberated by the 7th Meeting of the Standing Committee of the Thirteenth National People’s
Congress, to seek public comments, which closed on February 24, 2019. The 2018 Draft Foreign Investment Law does not mention concepts
including “de facto control” and “controlling through contractual arrangements”, nor did it specify the
regulation on controlling through contractual arrangements. Furthermore, the 2018 Draft Foreign Investment Law does not specifically
stipulate rules on the education industry.
Any failure by Beijing Digital Information
or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material and adverse
effect on our business.
If Beijing Digital Information or its
shareholders fail to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and
expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. We may also have to rely on legal remedies under PRC law, including
seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure you will be effective. For example,
if the shareholders of Beijing Digital Information, were to refuse to transfer their equity interest in Beijing Digital Information
to us or our designee if we exercise the purchase option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they were otherwise
to act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations.
All the agreements under our contractual
arrangements with Beijing Digital Information are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration
in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance
with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United
States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements.
Under PRC law, if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties
may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would require additional
expenses and delay. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective
control over Beijing Digital Information, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.
On March 15, 2019, the National People’s
Congress promulgated the Foreign Investment Law, which became effective on January 1, 2020 and replace three existing laws on
foreign investments in China, namely, the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint
Venture Enterprise Law and the Foreign Owned Enterprise Law, together with their implementations and ancillary regulations to
become the legal foundation for foreign investment in the PRC.
According to the Foreign Investment Law,
the State Council will publish or approve to publish a catalogue for special administrative measures, or the “negative list.”
The Foreign Investment Law grants national treatment to foreign invested entities, except for those foreign invested entities
that operate in industries deemed to be either “restricted” or “prohibited” in the “negative list.”
Because the “negative list” has yet to be published, it is unclear whether it will differ from the current Negative
List. The Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign invested entities operating in foreign restricted or prohibited industries
will require market entry clearance and other approvals from relevant PRC governmental authorities.
Furthermore, the Foreign Investment Law
provides that foreign invested enterprises established according to the existing laws regulating foreign investment may maintain
their structure and corporate governance within five years after the implementing of the Foreign Investment Law.
If the custodians or authorized
users of our controlling non-tangible assets, including chops and seals, fail to fulfill their responsibilities, or misappropriate
or misuse these assets, our business and operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Under PRC law, legal documents for corporate
transactions, including agreements and contracts such as the leases and sales contracts that our business relies on, are executed
using the chop or seal of the signing entity or with the signature of a legal representative whose designation is registered and
filed with the relevant local branch of the SAIC. We generally execute legal documents by affixing chops or seals, rather than
having the designated legal representatives sign the documents.
We have three major types of chops—corporate
chops, contract chops and finance chops. We use corporate chops generally for documents to be submitted to government agencies,
such as applications for changing business scope, directors or company name, and for legal letters. We use contract chops for
executing leases and commercial, contracts. We use finance chops generally for making and collecting payments, including, but
not limited to issuing invoices. Use of corporate chops and contract chops must be approved by our legal department and administrative
department, and use of finance chops must be approved by our finance department. The chops of our PRC subsidiary and our PRC consolidated
VIE are generally held by the relevant entities so that documents can be executed locally. Although we usually utilize chops to
execute contracts, the registered legal representatives of our PRC subsidiary and our PRC consolidated VIE have the apparent authority
to enter into contracts on behalf of such entities without chops, unless such contracts set forth otherwise. All designated legal
representatives of our PRC subsidiary and our PRC consolidated VIE have signed employment agreements with us under which they
agree to abide by duties they owe to us.
In order to maintain the physical security
of our chops, we generally have them stored in secured locations accessible only to the department heads of the legal, administrative
or finance departments. Our designated legal representatives generally do not have access to the chops. Although we monitor our
employees, including the designated legal representatives of our PRC subsidiary and our consolidated VIE, the procedures may not
be sufficient to prevent all instances of abuse or negligence. There is a risk that our employees or designated legal representatives
could abuse their authority, for example, by binding the relevant subsidiary or consolidated VIE with contracts against our interests,
as we would be obligated to honor these contracts if the other contracting party acts in good faith in reliance on the apparent
authority of our chops or signatures of our legal representatives. If any designated legal representative obtains control of the
chop in an effort to obtain control over the relevant entity, we would need to have a shareholder or board resolution to designate
a new legal representative and to take legal action to seek the for a new chop with the relevant authorities, or otherwise seek
legal remedies for the legal representative’s misconduct. If any of the designated legal representatives obtains and misuses
or misappropriates our chops and seals or other controlling intangible assets for whatever reason, we could experience disruption
to our normal business operations. We may have to take corporate or legal action, which could involve significant time and resources
to resolve while distracting management from our operations.
The shareholders of Beijing Digital
Information may have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial
condition.
We have designated individuals who are
PRC nationals to be the shareholders of Beijing Digital Information. Beijing Digital Information is owned by Yang Yu and Xinghui
Yang. The interests of these individuals as the shareholders of Beijing Digital Information may differ from the interests of the
Company as a whole. These shareholders may breach, or cause our PRC consolidated VIE to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing
contractual arrangements we have with them and Beijing Digital Information, which would have a material and adverse effect on
our ability to effectively control Beijing Digital Information. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise, any
or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor.
Currently, we do not have any arrangements
to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and the Company, except that we could exercise our purchase
option under the exclusive option agreement with these shareholders to request them to transfer all of their equity ownership
in Beijing Digital Information to Beijing Distance Learning or one or more individuals designated by us. We rely on Messrs. Yu
and Yang, who are also our directors, to abide by PRC law, which provides that directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company.
Such fiduciary duty requires directors to act in good faith and in the best interests of the company and not to use their positions
for personal gains. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and the shareholders of Beijing Digital
Information, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial
uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.
We may rely on dividends and other
distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation
on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct
our business.
We are a holding company, and we may rely
on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiary, Beijing Distance Learning, for our cash and financing
requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders and service any
debt we may incur. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict
its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require Beijing Distance
Learning to adjust its taxable income under the contractual arrangements it currently has in place with our PRC consolidated VIE
in a manner that would materially and adversely affect its ability to pay dividends and other distributions to us. See “—Our
contractual arrangements may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities, and a finding that we owe additional taxes could
substantially reduce our consolidated net income and the value of your investment.”
Under PRC laws and regulations, our PRC
subsidiary, which is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise may pay dividends only out of its respective accumulated profits as determined
in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise is required to set
aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a certain statutory reserve fund, until the
aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital. At its discretion, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise may
allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to an enterprise expansion fund, or a staff welfare
and bonus fund. The statutory reserve funds, enterprise expansion funds and staff welfare and bonus funds are not distributable
as cash dividends.
Any limitation on the ability of our PRC
subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments
or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business. See also
“—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as
a PRC “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification would likely result in unfavorable
tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and has a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value
of your investment.”
Our contractual arrangements may
be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities, and a finding that we owe additional taxes could substantially reduce our consolidated
net income and the value of your investment.
Under PRC laws and regulations, arrangements
and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. We could face material
and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements among our PRC subsidiary and
our PRC consolidated VIE do not represent an arm’s-length price and adjust our PRC consolidated VIEs income in the form
of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction, for PRC tax
purposes, of expense deductions recorded by our PRC consolidated VIE, which could in turn increase their tax liabilities. In addition,
the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties to our PRC consolidated VIE for under-paid taxes. Our
consolidated net income may be materially and adversely affected if our tax liabilities increase or if we are found to be subject
to late payment fees or other penalties.
If Beijing Digital Information becomes
the subject of a bankruptcy or liquidation proceeding, we may lose the ability to use and enjoy its assets, which could reduce
the size of our operations and materially and adversely affect our business, ability to generate revenues and the market price
of our ordinary shares.
To comply with PRC laws and regulations
relating to foreign ownership restrictions in the online value-added telecommunications business, we hold our ICP license through
contractual arrangements with Beijing Digital Information, our PRC consolidated VIE, as well as its shareholders. As part of these
arrangements, Beijing Digital Information holds assets that are important to the operation of our business.
We do not have priority pledges and liens
against Beijing Digital Information’s assets. As a contractual and property right matter, this lack of priority pledges
and liens has remote risks. If Beijing Digital Information undergoes an involuntary liquidation proceeding, third-party creditors
may claim rights to some or all of its assets and we may not have priority against such third-party creditors on Beijing Digital
Information’s assets. If Beijing Digital Information liquidates, we may take part in the liquidation procedures as a general
creditor under the PRC Enterprise Bankruptcy Law and recover any outstanding liabilities owed by Beijing Digital Information to
Beijing Distance Learning under the applicable service agreements. To ameliorate the risks of an involuntary liquidation proceeding
initiated by a third-party creditor, we closely monitor the operations and finances of Beijing Digital Information through carefully
designed budgetary and internal controls to ensure that Beijing Digital Information is well capitalized and is highly unlikely
to trigger any third-party monetary claims in excess of its assets and cash resources. Furthermore, Beijing Distance Learning
has the ability, if necessary, to provide finance support to Beijing Digital Information to prevent such an involuntary liquidation.
If the shareholders of Beijing Digital
Information were to attempt to voluntarily liquidate Beijing Digital Information without obtaining our prior consent, we could
effectively prevent such unauthorized voluntary liquidation by exercising our right to request Beijing Digital Information’s
shareholders to transfer all of their equity ownership interest to Beijing Distance Learning or one or more individuals designated
by us in accordance with the option agreements with the shareholders of Beijing Digital Information. In the event that the shareholders
of Beijing Digital Information initiates a voluntary liquidation proceeding without our authorization or attempts to distribute
the retained earnings or assets of Beijing Digital Information without our prior consent, we may need to resort to legal of the
contractual agreements. Any such litigation may be costly and may divert our management’s time and attention away from the
operation of our business, and the outcome of such litigation would be uncertain.
Risks
Related to Doing Business in China
Uncertainties in the interpretation
and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protections available to you and us.
The PRC legal system is based on written
statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which legal cases have limited value as precedents. In the late 1970s,
the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The
overall effect of legislation over the past three decades has significantly increased the protections afforded to various forms
of foreign or private-sector investment in China. Our PRC subsidiary is subject to various PRC laws and regulations generally
applicable to companies in China. However, since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues
to rapidly evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws,
regulations and rules involve uncertainties.
From time to time, we may have to resort
to administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. However, since PRC administrative and court authorities have
significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate
the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems.
Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published
in a timely manner or at all) that may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies
and rules until sometime after the violation. Such uncertainties, including uncertainty over the scope and effect of our contractual,
property (including intellectual property) and procedural rights, and any failure to respond to changes in the regulatory environment
in China could materially and adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations.
We may be adversely affected by
the complexity, uncertainties and changes in PRC regulation of internet-related business.
The PRC government extensively regulates
the internet industry, including foreign ownership of, and the licensing and permit requirements pertaining to, companies in the
internet industry. These internet-related laws and regulations are relatively new and evolving, and their interpretation and enforcement
involves significant uncertainties. As a result, in certain circumstances it may be difficult to determine what actions or omissions
may be deemed to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations. Issues, risks and uncertainties relating to PRC governmental
regulation of the internet industry include, but are not limited to, the following.
We only have control over our website
through contractual arrangements. We do not own the website in China due to the restriction of foreign investment in businesses
providing value-added telecommunication services in China, including internet information provision services. This may significantly
disrupt our business, subject us to sanctions, compromise enforceability of related contractual arrangements, or have other harmful
effects on us.
The evolving PRC regulatory system for
the internet industry may lead to the establishment of new regulatory agencies. For example, in May 2011, the State Council announced
the establishment of a new department, the State Internet Information Office (with the involvement of the State Council Information
Office, the MIIT, and the Ministry of Public Security). The primary role of this new agency is to facilitate the policy-making
and legislative development in this field, to direct and coordinate with the relevant departments in connection with online content
administration and to deal with cross-ministry regulatory matters in relation to the internet industry.
We are required to obtain and maintain
various licenses and permits and fulfill registration and filing requirements in order to conduct and operate our business. If
these new laws and regulations are promulgated, additional licenses may be required for our operations. If our operations do not
comply with these new regulations at the time they become effective, or if we fail to obtain any licenses required under these
new laws and regulations, we could be subject to penalties.
The Circular on Strengthening the Administration
of Foreign Investment in an Operation of Value-added Telecommunications Business, issued by the MIIT in July 2006, prohibits domestic
telecommunication service providers from leasing, transferring or selling telecommunications business operating licenses to any
foreign investor in any form, or providing any resources, sites or facilities to any foreign investor for their illegal operation
of a telecommunications business in China. According to this circular, either the holder of a value-added telecommunication services
operation permit or its shareholders must directly own the domain names and trademarks used by such license holders in their provision
of value-added telecommunication services. The circular also requires each license holder to have the necessary facilities, including
servers, for its approved business operations and to maintain such facilities in the regions covered by its license. If an ICP
license holder fails to comply with the requirements and also fails to remediate such non-compliance within a specified period
of time, the MIIT or its local counterparts have the discretion to take administrative measures against such license holder, including
revoking its ICP license. Currently, Beijing Digital Information holds an ICP license and operates our website. Beijing Digital
Information owns the relevant domain names and registered trademarks and has the necessary personnel to operate such website.
The interpretation and application of
existing PRC law, regulations and policies and possible new laws, regulations or policies relating to the internet industry have
created substantial uncertainties regarding the legality of existing and future foreign investments in, and the businesses and
activities of, internet businesses in China, including our business. We cannot assure you that we have obtained all the permits
or licenses required for conducting our business in China or will be able to maintain our existing licenses or obtain new ones.
New legislation
or changes in the PRC laws or policies regarding self-taught education may affect our business operations and prospects.
The self-taught
education industry in China and our business are subject to regulations and policies in various respects. Relevant rules and regulations
could be amended or updated from time to time to accommodate the development of education in China. We may need to change our
business practices in order to comply with the new rules and regulations or adapt to policy changes, but we may not be able to
do so timely and efficiently. Any such failure may subject us to administrative fines or penalties or other negative consequences
which could materially and adversely affect our brand name, reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
The enforcement of the PRC Labor
Contract Law and other labor-related regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our results of operations.
The PRC Labor Contract Law became effective
and was implemented on January 1, 2008, which was amended on December 28, 2012. It has reinforced the protection of
employees who, under the PRC Labor Contract Law, have the right, among others, to have written labor contracts, to enter into
labor contracts with no fixed terms under certain circumstances, to receive overtime wages and to terminate or alter terms in
labor contracts. According to the PRC Social Insurance Law, which became effective on July 1, 2011, and the Administrative
Regulations on the Housing Funds, Companies operating in China are required to participate in pension insurance, work-related
injury insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance and housing funds plans, and the employers must
pay all or a portion of the social insurance premiums and housing funds for their employees.
As a result of these laws and regulations
designed to enhance labor protection, we expect our labor costs will continue to increase. In addition, as the interpretation
and implementation of these laws and regulations are still evolving, our employment practice may not at all times be deemed in
compliance with the new laws and regulations. If we are subject to severe penalties or incur significant liabilities in connection
with labor disputes or investigations, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Regulation and censorship of information
disseminated over the internet in China may adversely affect our business and reputation and subject us to liability for information
displayed on our website.
The PRC government has adopted regulations
governing internet access and the distribution of news and other information over the internet. Under these regulations, internet
content providers and internet publishers are prohibited from posting or displaying over the internet content that, among other
things, violates PRC laws and regulations, impairs the national dignity of China, or is reactionary, obscene, superstitious, fraudulent
or defamatory. Failure to comply with these requirements may result in the revocation of licenses to provide internet content
and other licenses, and the closure of the concerned websites. The website operator may also be held liable for such censored
information displayed on or linked to the websites. If our website is found to be in violation of any such requirements, we may
be penalized by relevant authorities, and our operations or reputation could be adversely affected.
The operation of Beijing Digital
Information may be deemed by relevant PRC government authority to be beyond its authorized business scope. If the relevant PRC
government authorities take actions against Beijing Digital Information, our business and operations could be materially and adversely
affected.
The principal regulations governing private
education in China consist of the Education Law of the PRC, the Law for Promoting Private Education, or Private Education Law,
and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education and the latest amendment of Private Education Law was
on December 29, 2018 which came into effect on the same date. Under these PRC laws and regulations, sponsors of private schools
may choose to establish non-profit or for-profit private schools at their own discretion, while prior to the
effectiveness of the Amendment, all private schools shall not be established for for-profit purposes. Nonetheless, school sponsors
are not allowed to establish for-profit private schools that are engaged in compulsory education. On December 30,
2016, the MOE, SAIC and the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Welfare of the PRC jointly issued the Implementation Rules
on the Supervision and Administration of For-profit Private Schools, pursuant to which the establishment, division,
merger and other material changes of a for-profit private school shall first be approved by the education authorities
or the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare, and then be registered with the competent branch of SAIC.
On April 20, 2018, the MOE issued for
public comments the Draft Revision of the Regulations on the Implementation of the Law for Promoting Private Education of the
PRC (the Draft for Comments), or the MOE Draft for Comments. As the consultation period for the MOE Draft for Comments ended in
May 2018, on August 10, 2018, the Ministry of Justice of the PRC, or the MOJ, published the committee draft of the Regulations
on the Implementation of the Law on Promoting Private Education in PRC (Revised Draft), or the MOJ Draft for Approval, for public
review and comments, which is still subject to discussion, potential revision and adoption by the State Council before it becomes
effective. Accordingly, substantial uncertainty remains with respect to its final content, effective date, interpretation and
implementation. Nevertheless, such MOJ Draft for Approval proposes changes, clarifications and additional requirements with respect
to private schools in addition to the currently effective Promoting Private Education Law and relevant implementation rules. In
particular, the MOJ Draft for Approval clarifies that the scope of “private school” includes private training education
institutions engaging in non-degree education, which could potentially include us. According to the MOJ Draft for Approval, a
for-profit private training institution that provides online training education or an online platform that facilitates such training
education services, which does not engage in cultural education related to school curriculums or tutoring services for kindergarten,
primary or second school examinations or entrance requirements for primary, secondary or high school, or (ii) education that leads
to a degree, would need to obtain the corresponding internet operating permit and file with the administrative department for
education or the department of human resources and social security at the provincial level where the institution is domiciled.
MOJ Draft for Approval further provides that private training institutions for language, art, sports, science and technology teaching
and private training institutions for adults for cultural education or non-academic continuing education can directly apply for
the registration with the local administrative departments for industry and commerce, pursuant to which our private training institutions
are not required to obtain a private school operation permit from education authorities. However, we cannot guarantee that the
regulators will not subsequently change their view and take a contrary position, especially in light of the evolving licensing
requirements. Should we be found by the regulators to fail to fully comply with any relevant requirements as interpreted by such
regulators or fail to obtain the private school operation permits when required, we may be subject to order to suspend the operation
of the affected private training institutions and refund the course fees, or a fine of one to five times of the gains from the
private training institutions that failed to obtain the private school operation permits, which could materially and adversely
affect our brand name and reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
We operate online platforms that provide
online educational courses to students through the internet, and both of our PRC subsidiary and our PRC consolidated VIE are registered
with Beijing AIC as commercial enterprises. As such, we believe the provisions of the Private Education Law and its implementing
rules, including without limitation, the requirement for obtaining a private school operating permit, are not applicable to us.
However, as the laws and regulations are new, it is unclear that how these laws and regulations will be explained and implemented
and we cannot assure you that the competent PRC governmental authorities will not ultimately take a view contrary to our opinion.
Moreover, because there is no further official or publicly-available interpretation of the definition of “private schools”,
there are uncertainties with regard to whether our business currently conducted in PRC will be deemed by the relevant PRC governmental
authorities to be “private schools” as defined under the relevant PRC laws and regulations. If our business conducted
in PRC is deemed as operating private schools, we may be required to register our PRC entity as a private school with education
or training-related items included into its approved business scope. Beijing Digital Information is registered with Beijing AIC
as a limited liability company, and its current registered business scope only includes “education consulting” and
“computer technology training,” without “training” or any other education or training-related items. However,
we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to any penalties in the future. If the relevant PRC government authorities discover
or determine that Beijing Digital Information operates beyond its authorized business scope, Beijing Digital Information may be
ordered to complete the registration for change of business scope within a given period, failing which Beijing Digital Information
is subject to a one-time fine of RMB10,000 to RMB100,000, or may be ordered to cease its operation if the relevant authorities
determine that Beijing Digital Information is operating without any approval or permit required.
We face risks and uncertainties
with respect to the licensing requirement for Internet audio-video programs.
On December 20, 2007, the State Administration
of Press Publication Radio Film and Television (“SAPPRFT”), and the MIIT, jointly promulgated the Administrative Measures
Regarding Internet Audio-Video Program Services, or the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, which became effective on January 31,
2008 and was amended and effective as of August 8, 2015. Among other things, the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures stipulate
that no entities or individuals may provide Internet audio-video program services without a License for Online Transmission of
Audio-Visual Programs issued by SAPPRFT or its local bureaus or completing the relevant registration with SAPPRFT or its local
bureaus, and only state-owned or state-controlled entities are eligible to apply for a License for Online Transmission of Audio-Visual
Programs. In a press conference jointly held by the SAPPRFT and MIIT in February 2008 to answer questions relating to the Internet
Audio-Video Program Measures, the SAPPRFT and MIIT clarified that those providers of internet audio-visual program services who
engaged in such services prior to the promulgation of the Internet Audio-Video Program Measure may re-register and continue their
operation of internet audio-visual program services so long as those providers did not violate the relevant laws and regulations
in the past, regardless whether they are state-owned or state-controlled entities or not, but any other entities intend to provide
internet audio-visual program services shall comply with all requirements specified in the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures.
On April 1, 2010, SAPPRFT promulgated the Provisional Implementation of the Tentative Categories of Internet Audio-Visual
Program Services, or the Categories, which was modified on March 10, 2017. The Categories clarified the scope of Internet audio-video
programs services. According to the Categories, there are four categories of Internet audio-visual program services which are
further divided into seventeen sub-categories. The third sub-category to the second category covers the making and editing of
certain specialized audio-video programs concerning, among other things, educational content, and broadcasting such content to
the general public online. However, there are still significant uncertainties relating to the interpretation and implementation
of the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, in particular, the scope of “internet audio-video programs.”
We offer recorded audio-video lectures
to our enrolled students only. We believe the limited scope of our audience and the nature of the raw data we transmit distinguishes
us from general providers of internet audio-visual program services, such as the operator of online video websites, and the provision
of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions are not applicable with regard to our offering of the lessons. However, we cannot assure
you that the competent PRC government authorities will not ultimately take a view contrary to our opinion. In addition, as supplementary
course materials, we offer certain audio-video contents on our websites and mobile apps for the review of all registered members.
If the governmental authorities determine that our relevant activities fall within the definition of “internet audio-video
program service” under the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, we may be required to obtain the License for Disseminating Audio-Video
Programs through Information Network. If this occurs, we may not be able to obtain such license and we may become subject to penalties,
fines, legal sanctions or an order to suspend our use of audio-video content. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken
will be deemed adequate by the authorities and we will not be subject to any penalties or legal sanctions in the future for our
use of audio or video contents on our websites.
We are required to obtain various
operating licenses and permits and to make registrations and filings for our business operations in China; failure to comply with
these requirements may materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The internet industry in China is highly
regulated by the PRC government. See “Regulations—Regulations Relating to Value-Added Telecommunications Services.”
We are required to obtain and maintain various licenses and permits and fulfill registration and filing requirements in order
to conduct and operate our business currently carried out, and we may be required to obtained additional licenses or permits for
our operations as the interpretation and implementation of current PRC laws and regulations are still evolving, and new laws and
regulations may also be promulgated. We currently, through our PRC variable interest entity, Beijing Digital Information, hold
an ICP license for our website, which is valid through January 11, 2016 to January 11, 2021 and is subject to annual review. Beijing
Digital Information, however, may be required to obtain additional licenses or expand the authorized business scope covered under
the licenses it currently holds. For example, the contents we use on our websites or mobile apps, including the course materials
and video-audio contents we licensed from third parties, may be deemed “Internet cultural products”, and our use of
those contents may be regarded as “Internet cultural activities”, thus we may be required to obtain an Internet Culture
Business Operating License for provision of those contents through our online platforms as currently there is no further official
or publicly-available interpretation of those definitions. Also, we may be required to obtain a Publication Business Operating
License for distribution of course books or other course materials, including electronical version, to our enrolled students.
In addition, our providing content through our online platform may be regarded as “online publishing” and may thus
subject us to the requirement of obtaining an Online Publishing License. If Beijing Digital Information fails to obtain or maintain
any of the required licenses or approvals, its continued business operations in the Internet industry may subject it to various
penalties, such as confiscation of illegal revenues, fines and the discontinuation or restriction of its operations. Any such
disruption in the business operations of our affiliated entities will materially and adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Changes in China’s economic,
political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
Currently all of our business operations
is conducted in China and all of our sales are made in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations
and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally and by
continued economic growth in China as a whole.
China’s economy differs from the
economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth
rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the PRC government has implemented measures since the
late 1970’s emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive
assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets
in China is still owned by the PRC government. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating
industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over the PRC economic
growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy,
and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. For example, as a result of China’s current
nationwide anti-corruption campaign, public school spending has become strictly regulated. To comply with the expenditure control
policies of the Chinese government, many public universities, including our clients, temporarily reduced their self-taught education
spending in 2017. This caused the demand for our courses in 2017 to decrease. If our clients continue to reduce their demand for
our services due to the policies of the Chinese government, this could adversely impact our business, financial condition and
operating results.
While China’s economy has experienced
significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy,
and the rate of growth has been slowing. Some of the governmental measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have
a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government
control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. Any stimulus measures designed to boost the Chinese economy may
contribute to higher inflation, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. For example, certain
operating costs and expenses, such as employee compensation and office operating expenses, may increase as a result of higher
inflation.
PRC regulations relating to foreign
exchange registration of overseas investment by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary
to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into these subsidiaries, limit PRC subsidiary’s ability to
increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.
On July 4, 2014, the State Administration
of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE’) promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment
and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, which replaced the former Notice
on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for PRC Residents to Engage in Financing and Inbound Investment
via Overseas Special Purpose Vehicles (generally known as SAFE Circular 75) promulgated by SAFE on October 21,
2005. On February 13, 2015, SAFE further promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration
of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, which took effect on June 1, 2015. This SAFE Circular
13 has amended SAFE Circular 37 by requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks rather than SAFE or its
local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment
or financing.
These circulars require PRC residents
to register with qualified banks in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for
the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic
enterprises or offshore assets or interests, which is referred to in SAFE Circular 37 as a “special purpose vehicle.”
These circulars further require amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special
purpose vehicle, such as an increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC residents, share transfer or exchange, merger,
division or other material events. In the event that a PRC resident holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to complete
the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiary of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions
to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle
may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Furthermore, failure to comply with
the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange
controls.
Yang Yu and Xinghui Yang, who directly
or indirectly hold shares in our British Virgin Islands holding company and who are known to us as being PRC residents have initiated
the application for foreign exchange registrations. However, we may not at all times be fully aware or informed of the identities
of all our shareholders or beneficial owners that are required to make such registrations, and we may not always be able to compel
them to comply with all relevant foreign exchange regulations. As a result, we cannot assure you that all of our shareholders
or beneficial owners who are PRC residents will at all times comply with, or in the future make or obtain any applicable registrations
or approvals required by all relevant foreign exchange regulations. The failure or inability of such individuals to comply with
the registration procedures set forth in these regulations may subject us to fines or legal sanctions, restrictions on our cross-border
investment activities or our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to, or obtain foreign-exchange-dominated loans
from, our company, or prevent us from making distributions or paying dividends. As a result, our business operations and our ability
to make distributions to you could be materially and adversely affected.
Furthermore, as these foreign exchange
regulations are still relatively new and their interpretation and implementation has been constantly evolving, it is unclear how
these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and
implemented by the relevant government authorities. We cannot predict how these regulations will affect our business operations
or future strategy. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of
such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations
required by the foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely
affect our business and prospects.
PRC regulation on loans to, and
direct investment in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control in currency conversion may delay or
prevent us from using the proceeds of the IPO to make loans to our PRC subsidiary and PRC consolidated VIE or make additional
capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund
and expand our business.
We are an offshore holding company conducting
our operations in China through our PRC subsidiary, Beijing Distance Learning. We may make loans to our PRC subsidiary and PRC
consolidated VIE subject to the approval from governmental authorities and limitation of amount, or we may make additional capital
contributions to our PRC subsidiary.
Any loans to our PRC subsidiary, which
is treated as a foreign-invested enterprise under PRC law, are subject to PRC regulations and foreign exchange loan registrations.
For example, loans by us to our PRC subsidiary, Beijing Distance Learning, to finance its activities cannot exceed statutory limits
and must be registered with the local counterpart of the SAFE. The statutory limit for the total amount of foreign debts of a
foreign-invested company is either the difference between the amount of total investment as approved by the MOC or its local counterpart
and the amount of registered capital of such foreign-invested company or twice of net worth of the foreign-invested company. We
may also decide to finance our PRC subsidiary by means of capital contributions.
On August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated
the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of
Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 142, regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested
enterprise of foreign currency registered capital into RMB by restricting how the converted RMB may be used. SAFE Circular 142
provides that the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise may only be
used for purposes within the business scope approved by the applicable governmental authority and may not be used for equity investments
within the PRC unless otherwise provided by law. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the RMB capital
converted from foreign currency registered capital of a foreign-invested company. The use of such RMB capital may not be altered
without SAFE approval, and such RMB capital may not in any case be used to repay RMB loans if the proceeds of such loans have
not been used. Violations of SAFE Circular 142 could result in severe monetary or other penalties. On July 4, 2014,
SAFE issued the Circular of the SAFE on Relevant Issues Concerning the Pilot Reform in Certain Areas of the Administrative Method
of the Conversion of Foreign Exchange Funds by Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 36, which launched the pilot reform
of administration regarding conversion of foreign currency registered capitals of foreign-invested enterprises in 16 pilot areas.
According to SAFE Circular 36, some of the restrictions under SAFE Circular 142 will not apply to the settlement of the foreign
exchange capitals of an ordinary foreign-invested enterprise in the pilot areas, and such foreign-invested enterprise is permitted
to use Renminbi converted from its foreign-currency registered capital to make equity investments in the PRC within and in accordance
with the authorized business scope of such foreign-invested enterprises, subject to certain registration and settlement procedure
as set forth in SAFE Circular 36. As this circular is relatively new, there remains uncertainty as to its interpretation and application
and any other future foreign exchange related rules. On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated Circular on Reforming the Management
Approach regarding the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, to expand
the reform nationwide. SAFE Circular 19 came into force and replaced both SAFE Circular 142 and SAFE Circular 36 on June 1,
2015. However, SAFE Circular 19 continues to prohibit a foreign-invested enterprise from, among other things, using RMB funds
converted from its foreign exchange capitals for expenditure beyond its authorized business scope, providing entrusted loans or
repaying loans between non-financial enterprises. Violations of these Circulars could result in severe monetary or other penalties.
These circulars may significantly limit our ability to use RMB converted from the net proceeds of the IPO to fund the establishment
of new entities in China by our PRC subsidiary, to invest in or acquire any other PRC companies through our PRC subsidiary, or
to establish new consolidated VIEs in the PRC.
In light of the various requirements imposed
by PRC regulations on loans to, and direct investment in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that
we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis,
if at all, with respect to future loans by us to our PRC subsidiary or PRC consolidated VIE or with respect to future capital
contributions by us to our PRC subsidiary. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to
use the proceeds from the IPO and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially
and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income
Tax Law, we may be classified as a PRC “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification
would likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and has a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and the value of your investment.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law,
or the EIT Law, that became effective in January, 2008 and was amended in February, 2017, an enterprise established outside the
PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise
income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. Under the implementation
rules to the EIT Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and
control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and properties of an enterprise.
In addition, a circular, known as SAT Circular 82, issued in April 2009 by the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, specifies
that certain offshore incorporated enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups will be classified as PRC
resident enterprises if the following are located or resident in the PRC: senior management personnel and departments that are
responsible for daily production, operation and management; financial and personnel decision making bodies; key properties, accounting
books, company seal, and minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings; and half or more of the senior management
or directors having voting rights. Further to SAT Circular 82, the SAT issued a bulletin, known as SAT Bulletin 45, which took
effect in September 2011, to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82 and clarify the reporting and filing
obligations of such “Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated resident enterprises.” SAT Bulletin 45 provides procedures
and administrative details for the determination of resident status and administration on post-determination matters. Although
both SAT Circular 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 only apply to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups,
not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreign individuals, the determining criteria set forth in SAT Circular 82 and SAT
Bulletin 45 may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied
in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises,
PRC enterprise groups or by PRC or foreign individuals.
We do not believe that the Company meets
all of the conditions above thus we do not believe that the Company is a PRC resident enterprise, though a substantial majority
of the members of our management team as well as the management team of our offshore holding company are located in China. However,
if the PRC tax authorities determine that the Company is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a number
of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. First, we will be subject to the uniform 25% enterprise income tax on our world-wide
income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we will also be subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting
obligations.
Finally, dividends payable by us to our
investors and gains on the sale of our shares may become subject to PRC withholding tax, at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC
enterprises or 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals (in each case, subject to the provisions of any applicable tax treaty),
if such gains are deemed to be from PRC sources. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim
the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC
resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in the ordinary shares.
Enhanced scrutiny over acquisition
transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on potential acquisitions we may pursue in the future.
Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening
Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 698, issued by the
SAT on December 10, 2009, where a foreign investor transfers the equity interests of a resident enterprise indirectly via
disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an “indirect transfer,” and such overseas holding
company is located in a tax jurisdiction that (i) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (ii) does not tax foreign
income of its residents, the foreign investor shall report the indirect transfer to the competent tax authority. The PRC tax authority
will examine the true nature of the indirect transfer, and if the tax authority considers that the foreign investor has adopted
an “abusive arrangement” in order to avoid PRC tax, it may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company
and re-characterize the indirect transfer and as a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC withholding
tax at a rate of up to 10%.
On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued
the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property
Transfer by Non-Resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7, to supersede existing provisions in relation to the “indirect
transfer” as set forth in Circular 698, while the other provisions of Circular 698 remain in force. Pursuant to SAT Bulletin 7,
where a non-resident enterprise indirectly transfers properties such as equity in PRC resident enterprises without any justifiable
business purposes and aiming to avoid the payment of enterprise income tax, such indirect transfer must be reclassified as a direct
transfer of equity in PRC resident enterprise. To assess whether an indirect transfer of PRC taxable properties has reasonable
commercial purposes, all arrangements related to the indirect transfer must be considered comprehensively and factors set forth
in SAT Bulletin 7 must be comprehensively analyzed in light of the actual circumstances. SAT Bulletin 7 also provides
that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its equity interests in a resident enterprise to its related parties at a
price lower than the fair market value, the competent tax authority has the power to make a reasonable adjustment to the taxable
income of the transaction.
On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the
Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Matters Concerning Withholding of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises
as Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which repealed the entire Circular 698 and the provision in relation to the time limit for the
withholding agent to declare to the competent tax authority for payment of such tax of SAT Bulletin 7. Pursuant to SAT Bulletin
37, the income from property transfer, as stipulated in the second item under Article 19 of the Law on Enterprise Income Tax,
shall include the income derived from transferring such equity investment assets as stock equity. The balance of deducting the
equity’s net value from the total income from equity transfer shall be taxable income from equity transfer. Where a withholding
agent enters into a business contract, involving the income specified in the third paragraph of Article 3 in the Law on Enterprise
Income Tax, with a non-resident enterprise, the tax-excluding income of the non-resident enterprise will be treated as the tax-including
income, based on which the tax payment will be calculated and remitted, if it is agreed in the contract that the withholding agent
shall assume the tax payable.
There has been very limited application
of SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37 because these regulations were newly issued and came into force in February 2015 and
in December 2017 respectively. During the effective period of SAT Circular 698, some intermediary holding companies were actually
looked through by the PRC tax authorities, and consequently the non-PRC resident investors were deemed to have transferred the
PRC subsidiary and PRC corporate taxes were assessed accordingly. It is possible that we or our non-PRC resident investors may
become at risk of being taxed under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37 and may be required to expend valuable resources to
comply with SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37 or to establish that we or our non-PRC resident investors should not be taxed
under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations
or such non-PRC resident investors’ investment in us.
Our PRC subsidiary is subject to
restrictions on paying dividends or making other payments to us, which may restrict our ability to satisfy our liquidity requirements.
We are a holding company incorporated
in the British Virgin Islands. We may need dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiary to satisfy our
liquidity requirements. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends to us only out of their accumulated
profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our PRC subsidiary is required
to set aside at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until the total
amount set aside reaches 50% of their respective registered capital. Our PRC subsidiary may also allocate a portion of its after-tax
profits based on PRC accounting standards to employee welfare and bonus funds at their discretion. These reserves are not distributable
as cash dividends. Furthermore, if our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing
the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require
us to adjust our taxable income under the contractual arrangements we currently have in place in a manner that would materially
and adversely affect our PRC subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends and other distributions to us. Any limitation on the
ability of our subsidiary to distribute dividends to us or on the ability of our PRC consolidated VIE to make payments to us may
restrict our ability to satisfy our liquidity requirements.
In addition, the EIT Law, and its implementation
rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident
enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and
governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC-resident enterprises are incorporated.
Governmental control of currency
conversion may affect the value of your investment.
The PRC government imposes controls on
the convertibility of the RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive
substantially all of our revenues in RMB. Under our current corporate structure, our company in the British Virgin Islands may
rely on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC
foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign
exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural
requirements. Therefore, our PRC subsidiary in China is able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval
from SAFE, subject to the condition that the remittance of such dividends outside of the PRC complies with certain procedures
under PRC foreign exchange regulation, such as the overseas investment registrations by our shareholders or the ultimate shareholders
of our corporate shareholders who are PRC residents. But approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities
is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment
of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign
currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign
currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders,
including holders of our ordinary shares.
The M&A Rules and certain other
PRC regulations establish complex procedures for some acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make
it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.
The M&A Rules discussed in the preceding
risk factor and recently adopted regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and
requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex. For example,
the M&A Rules require that the MOC be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor
takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves
factors that have or may have impact on the national economic security, or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in
control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand. Mergers, acquisitions or contractual
arrangements that allow one market player to take control of or to exert decisive impact on another market player must also be
notified in advance to the MOC when the threshold under the Provisions on Thresholds for Prior Notification of Concentrations
of Undertakings, or the Prior Notification Rules, issued by the State Council in August 2008 is triggered. In addition, the security
review rules issued by the MOC that became effective in September 2011 specify that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors
that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may
acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review
by the MOC, and the rules prohibit any activities attempting to bypass a security review, including by structuring the transaction
through a proxy or contractual control arrangement. In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses.
Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could
be time consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the MOC or its local counterparts may
delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions. It is unclear whether our business would be deemed to be in an industry
that raises “national defense and security” or “national security” concerns. However, the MOC or other
government agencies may publish explanations in the future determining that our business is in an industry subject to the security
review, in which case our future acquisitions in the PRC, including those by way of entering into contractual control arrangements
with target entities, may be closely scrutinized or prohibited. Our ability to expand our business or maintain or expand our market
share through future acquisitions would as such be materially and adversely affected.
Risks
Related to Our Ordinary Shares
The trading prices of our ordinary
shares are likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.
The trading prices of our ordinary shares
are likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market
and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located
mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. In recent months, the widespread negative publicity of
alleged fraudulent accounting practices and poor corporate governance of certain U.S. public companies with operations in China
were believed to have negatively affected investors’ perception and sentiment towards companies with connection with China,
which significantly and negatively affected the trading prices of some companies’ securities listed in the U.S. Once we
become a public company, any similar negative publicity or sentiment may affect the performances of our ordinary shares. A number
of PRC companies have listed or are in the process of listing their securities on U.S. stock markets. The securities of some of
these companies have experienced significant volatility, including price declines in connection with their initial public offerings.
The trading performances of these PRC companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors
toward PRC companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our ordinary
shares, regardless of our actual operating performance.
Because we are incorporated under
the laws of the British Virgin Islands, we may be required to comply with increased reporting requirements.
As the global regulatory and tax environment
evolves, we may be subject to new or different statutory and regulatory requirements (for example, on January 1, 2019, the Economic
Substance (Companies and Limited Partnerships) Act, 2018 of the British Virgin Islands came into force and related regulations
and guidance are anticipated in due course). It is difficult to predict what impact the adoption of these laws or regulations,
or changes in the interpretation of existing laws or regulations could have on our business, however, compliance with various
additional obligations may create significant additional costs that may be borne by us or otherwise affect our management and
operations.
In addition to market and industry factors,
the price and trading volume for our ordinary shares may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including
the following:
|
●
|
the
financial projections that we may choose to provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure for any reason
to meet those projections;
|
|
●
|
variations
in our net revenues, net loss/income and cash flow;
|
|
●
|
changes
in the economic performance or market valuation of other education companies;
|
|
●
|
announcements
of new investments, acquisitions by us or our competitors, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
|
|
●
|
announcements
of new services and expansions by us or our competitors;
|
|
●
|
detrimental
negative publicity about us, our competitors or our industry;
|
|
●
|
changes
in financial estimates by securities analysts;
|
|
●
|
additions
or departures of personnel;
|
|
●
|
release
of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding equity securities or sales of additional equity securities;
|
|
●
|
potential
litigation or regulatory investigations;
|
|
●
|
substantial
sales or perception of sales of our ordinary shares in the public market;
|
|
●
|
fluctuations
in market prices for our products and securities; and
|
|
●
|
general
economic, regulatory or political conditions in China and the U.S.
|
Any of these factors may result in large
and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ordinary shares will trade. In addition, the stock market in general,
and the market prices for companies with operations in China in particular, have experienced volatility that often has been unrelated
to the operating performance of such companies. The securities of some PRC companies that have listed their securities in the
United States have experienced significant volatility since their initial public offerings, including, in some cases, substantial
price declines in the trading prices of their securities. The trading performances of these PRC companies’ securities after
their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward PRC companies listed in the United States, which consequently may
impact the trading performance of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, any negative
news or perceptions about inadequate corporate governance practices or fraudulent accounting, corporate structure or other matters
of other PRC companies may also negatively affect the attitudes of investors towards PRC-based companies in general, including
us, regardless of whether we have conducted any inappropriate activities. Further, the global financial crisis and the ensuing
economic recessions in many countries have contributed and may continue to contribute to extreme volatility in the global stock
markets. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect operating performance. Volatility or a lack of positive
performance in our share price may also adversely affect our ability to retain key employees, some of whom have been granted restricted
shares under our share incentive plan.
We may not maintain our listing
on NASDAQ which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading
restrictions.
Our ordinary shares are listed on NASDAQ.
We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on NASDAQ in the future. In order to continue listing our
securities on NASDAQ, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must (i) maintain
a minimum amount in shareholders’ equity (generally above $2,500,000), maintain a minimum market value of listed securities
(generally above $35,000,000) or have a minimum net income from operations for the prior year of for two of the preceding years
(generally above $500,000); and (ii) a minimum number of publicly held shares (generally greater than 500,000) and a minimum number
of public shareholders (generally greater than 300 shareholders). Our ordinary shares also cannot have a bid price of less than
$1.00. Moreover, we must comply with certain listing standards regarding the independence of our board of directors and members
of our audit committee. In addition, NASDAQ recently issued a series of rules which provide the exchange with broad discretionary
authority over continued listing of securities. Among other aspects, NASDAQ may deny continued listing of a company when an officer
or a director of the company has a history of regulatory misconduct, the company fails to make any meaningful progress on its
business plan two years after listing and has not generated any revenue or when the company engaged an auditor that has not been
subject to an inspection by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB), an auditor that PCAOB cannot inspect, or an
auditor that has not demonstrated sufficient resources, geographic reach or experience to adequately perform the company’s
audit. We are currently in full compliance with these requirements, but we may not continue to be able to meet these requirements
in the future.
If NASDAQ delists our securities from
trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we could face significant
material adverse consequences including:
|
●
|
limited
availability of market quotations for our securities;
|
|
●
|
reduced
liquidity with respect to our securities;
|
|
●
|
a
determination that our shares are “penny stocks,” which will require brokers trading in our shares to adhere to more
stringent rules and possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our ordinary
shares;
|
|
●
|
limited
amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and
|
|
●
|
a
decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
|
If securities or industry analysts
do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ordinary
shares, the market price for our ordinary shares and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our ordinary shares
will be influenced by research reports and ratings that industry or securities analysts or ratings agencies publish about us,
our business and the online education market in China in general. We do not have any control over these analysts or agencies.
If one or more analysts or agencies who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares, or publish unfavorable research about us, the
market price for our ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to regularly
publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading
volume for our ordinary shares to decline.
The sale or availability for sale
of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares could adversely affect their market price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our Ordinary
shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary
shares and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. The ordinary shares sold
in the IPO are freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, and shares held by our existing
shareholders may also be sold in the public market in the future subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 and Rule 701
under the Securities Act and the applicable lock-up agreements. In connection with the IPO, we, our directors and executive officers,
and our existing shareholders have agreed not to sell any ordinary shares for 180 days after the effective date of the registration
statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-223804), without the prior written consent of the underwriter. However, the underwriter may release
these securities from these restrictions at any time, subject to applicable regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder
or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our ordinary shares.
Raising additional capital may cause
dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies.
We may seek additional capital through
a combination of public and private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements. To the extent
that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted and the
terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a shareholder. The incurrence of indebtedness
would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could involve restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability
to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions
that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and
alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or grant
licenses on terms unfavorable to us.
There can be no assurance that we
will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year,
which could subject United States investors in our ordinary shares to significant adverse United States income tax consequences.
A non-United States corporation, such
as our company, will be classified as a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, if either (i) 75%
or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of
the value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce
or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). Although the law in this regard is not clear,
we treat our consolidated VIEs as being owned by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes because we exercise effective control
over the consolidated VIEs and are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits. As a result, we consolidate their
results of operations in our consolidated U.S. GAAP financial statements. Assuming that we are the owner of our consolidated
VIEs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and based upon our current and expected income and assets (taking into account goodwill,
other unbooked intangibles, and the proceeds from the IPO) and the value of our ordinary shares, we do not presently expect to
be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future.
While we do not expect to be or become
a PFIC in the current or foreseeable taxable years, the determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will depend, in part,
upon the value of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles. Furthermore, the determination of whether we will be or become
a PFIC will depend, in part, on the composition of our income and assets. Fluctuations in the market price of our ordinary shares
may cause us to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. The composition of our income and assets may also be
affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in the IPO. In addition, because there are uncertainties
in the application of the relevant rules, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may challenge our classification of
certain income and assets as non-passive or our valuation of our tangible and intangible assets.
Because determination of PFIC status is
a fact-intensive inquiry made on an annual basis that depends upon the composition of our assets and income, no assurance can
be given that we are not or will not become classified as a PFIC. If we were to be or become classified as a PFIC in any taxable
year, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Taxation—United States Federal Income Taxation”) may incur significantly
increased U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares and on the receipt
of distributions on the ordinary shares to the extent such gain or distributions is treated as an “excess distribution”
under the U.S. federal income tax rules. Further, if we are classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds
our ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder
holds our ordinary shares. You are urged to consult your tax advisor concerning the United States federal income tax consequences
of acquiring, holding, and disposing of ordinary shares if we are or become classified as a PFIC. For more information, see “Taxation—United
States Federal Income Taxation.”
You may face difficulties in protecting
your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under
British Virgin Islands law.
We are a company limited by shares incorporated
under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association,
the BVI Business Companies Act (the “Act”) and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders
to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to
us under British Virgin Islands law are to a large extent governed by the Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands.
The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin
Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding,
on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under
British Virgin Islands law are codified in the Act but are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial
precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities
laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of
corporate law than the British Virgin Islands. In addition, British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to initiate
a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.
The British Virgin Islands courts are
also unlikely:
|
●
|
to
recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities
laws; and
|
|
●
|
to
impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands, based on certain civil liability provisions
of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature.
|
There is no statutory recognition in the
British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the British Virgin Islands will in certain
circumstances recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits.
As a result of all of the above, public
shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the
board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United
States.
Judgments obtained against us by
our shareholders may not be enforceable.
We are a British Virgin Islands company
and all of our assets are located outside of the United States. The majority of our current operations are conducted in the China.
In addition, a majority of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States.
Substantially all of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible
for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your
rights have been infringed under the United States federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing
an action of this kind, the laws of the British Virgin Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against
our assets or the assets of our directors and officers.
We have broad discretion in the
use of our cash, including the net proceeds from our IPO, and might not use them effectively.
Our management has broad discretion in
the application of our cash, including the net proceeds from the IPO, and could spend our cash in ways that do not improve our
results of operations or enhance the value of our ordinary shares. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively
could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock
to decline. Pending their use, we may invest our cash, including the net proceeds from the IPO, in a manner that does not produce
income or that loses value.
We are an emerging growth company
within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements.
We are an “emerging growth company,”
as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements applicable to other public
companies that are not emerging growth companies including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor
attestation requirements of Section 404 for so long as we are an emerging growth company. As a result, if we elect not to
comply with such auditor attestation requirements, our investors may not have access to certain information they may deem important.
The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging
growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company
is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. However, we have elected to “opt out”
of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted
for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.
We are a foreign private issuer
within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to U.S. domestic
public companies.
Because we qualify as a foreign private
issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States
that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:
|
●
|
the
rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K;
|
|
●
|
the
sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered
under the Exchange Act;
|
|
●
|
the
sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability
for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and
|
|
●
|
the
selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.
|
We will be required to file an annual
report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our results on a
semi-annual basis as press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of NASDAQ. Press releases relating to financial
results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file
with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely as compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S.
domestic issuers. As a British Virgin Islands company listed on NASDAQ, we are subject to the NASDAQ corporate governance listing
standards. However, NASDAQ rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home
country. Certain corporate governance practices in the British Virgin Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly
from the NASDAQ corporate governance listing standards. Although we do not currently plan to utilize the home country exemption
for corporate governance matters, to the extent that we choose to do so in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection
than they otherwise would under the NASDAQ corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. As a result,
you may not be afforded the same protections or information, which would be made available to you, were you investing in a U.S.
domestic issuer.
We will incur increased costs as
a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”
We are a public company and expect to
incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices
of public companies. As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenues for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging
growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and
other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor
attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s
internal control over financial reporting and permission to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time
as those standards apply to private companies. However, we have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result,
we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted for public companies. This decision
to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.
We expect these rules and regulations
to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. After
we are no longer an “emerging growth company”, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management
effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules
and regulations of the SEC. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent
directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating
as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance,
and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or
similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may
also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently
evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any
degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
In the past, shareholders of a public
company often brought securities class action suits against the company following periods of instability in the market price of
that company’s securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s
attention and other resources from our business and operations, which could harm our results of operations and require us to incur
significant expenses to defend the suit. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and
restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required
to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
4A. History and Development of the Company
We began our operations in December 1999
through Beijing Distance Learning, a company formed under the laws of PRC. Beijing Distance Learning was formed to engage in the
business of online training for self-taught higher education examination in Beijing. In July 2012, we formed Wah Fu Education
Group Limited under the laws of the British Virgin Islands as an offshore holding company under the former name “Wah Fu
Trade Limited”, which was changed to our current name in 2016. In May 2016, we established our wholly-owned Hong Kong subsidiary,
Wah Fu Education Holding Limited, which currently exists as a holding company. We conduct our business through our subsidiaries
and affiliated entities in China, which are described below. Through contractual arrangements described below, we control 100%
of Beijing Digital Information. These contractual arrangements allow us to effectively control and derive 100% of the economic
interest from Beijing Digital Information.1 In addition, we directly own equity interest of a number of PRC entities.
Below is a list of our operating subsidiaries and variable interest entity:
|
●
|
Beijing
Huaxia Dadi Distance Learning Services Co., Ltd.: our wholly owned subsidiary formed under the laws of PRC in 1999. The current
business operations of Beijing Distance Learning include research and development of long-distance education software and development
of long-distance education resources and information.
|
|
●
|
Beijing
HuaXiaDadi Digital Information Technology Co., Ltd.: our variable interest entity
formed under the laws of PRC in September 2000. The current business operations of Beijing
Digital Information include platform development, upgrading, maintenance and other related
services. This entity also holds an ICP license for our website, www.edu-edu.com.
|
|
●
|
Shanghai
Xin Fu Network Technology Co., Ltd.: our wholly owned subsidiary formed under the laws of PRC in July 2015 to engage in the
business of development of internet technology and computer technology, technological consulting, services and transfer. Shanghai
Xin Fu currently doesn’t have any business operations.
|
|
●
|
Shanghai
Xia Shu Network Technology Co., Ltd.: our wholly owned subsidiary formed under the laws of PRC in April 2016 to enter into
agreements relating to the platform in Shanghai for tax reasons.
|
|
●
|
Hunan
Huafu Haihui Learning Technology Co., Ltd.: our subsidiary formed under the laws of PRC in June 2015. We own 75% of the equity
interests of this entity. Its primary business purpose is to provide technology services in Hunan relating to online platforms
for preparation of various examinations.
|
|
●
|
Huaxia
MOOC(Hubei) Network Technology Co., Ltd.: a company formed under the laws of PRC in March 2017 to provide exam preparation
services in Hubei. We currently own 65% of the equity interest of this entity. Cuntao Hou, our Vice President of Sales, currently
owns 5% of the equity interest in this entity. The rest of its equity interest is owned by third party individuals and entities
that are not affiliated with us or any of our officers and directors.
|
|
●
|
Nanjin
Suyun Education Technology Co., Ltd.: a company formed under the laws of PRC in March 2017 to provide exam preparation services
in Jiangsu. We currently own 70% of the equity interest of this entity. The rest of its equity interest is owned by third party
individuals and entities that are not affiliated with us or any of our officers and directors.
|
|
●
|
Guizhou Huafu
Qianyun Network Technology Co., Ltd.: a company formed under the laws of PRC in April 2017 to provide exam preparation
services in Guizhou. We currently own 51% of the equity interest of this entity. The rest of its equity interest is owned
by third party individuals and entities that are not affiliated with us or any of our officers and directors.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Fuzhou Huafu
Mingjiao Technology Co., Ltd.: a company formed under the laws of PRC in May 2018 to provide exam preparation services
in Fujian. We currently own 65% of the equity interest of this entity. The rest of its equity interest is owned by third party
individuals that are not affiliated with us or any of our officers and directors.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Liaoning Huafu
Zhongtai Learning Technology Co., Ltd.: a company formed under the laws of PRC in June 2018 to provide exam preparation
services in Liaoning. We currently own 70% of the equity interest of this entity. The rest of its equity interest is owned
by third parties that are not affiliated with us or any of our officers and directors.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Guangxi Huafu Quanping
Education Technology Cot., Ltd.: a company formed under the laws of PRC in August 2019 to provide online education services.
We currently own 55% of the equity interest of this entity. The rest of its equity interest is owned by a third party company.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Huafu Wanrun (Guangzhou)
Education Technology Co., Ltd.: a company formed under the laws of PRC in October 2019 to provide online education services.
We currently own 60% of the equity interest of this entity. The rest of its equity interest is owned by two individuals that are
not affiliated with us or any of our officers and director.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Sichuan Huafu Gengyun
Education Technology Co., Ltd.: a company formed under the laws of PRC in November 2019 to provide online education services.
We currently own 60% of the equity interest of this entity. The rest of its equity interest is owned by two individuals that are
not affiliated with us or any of our officers and director.
|
Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign
ownership and investment in the value-added telecommunications market, we operate our online platform through Beijing Digital
Information, our PRC consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”). Beijing Digital Information holds our ICP license
necessary to operate our online platform in China, our domain names, including www.edu-edu.com, our registered trademarks
in China and our registered software copyrights that are essential to the Company’s online operation in PRC. We rely on
a series of contractual arrangements among Beijing Digital Information and its shareholders to operate our online and mobile platforms
in China. These contractual arrangements enable us to:
|
●
|
exercise
effective control over Beijing Digital Information;
|
|
●
|
receive
substantially all of the economic benefits of Beijing Digital Information in consideration for the services provided by us; and
|
|
●
|
have
an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in Beijing Digital Information when and to the extent permitted under
PRC law.
|
We do not own equity interests in Beijing
Digital Information. However, as a result of these contractual arrangements, we are the primary beneficiary of Beijing Digital
Information and treat it as our consolidated VIE under U.S. GAAP. We depend upon dividends and other distributions paid to
us by our PRC subsidiaries, primarily Beijng Distance Learning. Beijing Distance Learning partially relies on service fees paid
by our variable interest entity Beijing Digital Information. For the year ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, 5.5% and 29.6% of our
consolidated revenue was derived from Beijing Digital Information. Our affiliated variable interest entity, Beijing Digital Information,
did not pay any fee to our PRC subsidiary, Beijing Distance Learning for fiscal years ending March 31, 2020 and 2019 since our
VIE agreements were executed in August 2017. We did not receive any dividends from our PRC subsidiaries in the past two fiscal
years and expect that these levels will continue in the future.
As discussed in details in “Regulations
– Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment” and “Regulations - Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange”,
current PRC laws and regulations set forth restrictions on payment of dividends by PRC companies, foreign exchange and foreign
investment in PRC companies. As such, we do not have unfettered access to revenues of our PRC subsidiaries and variable interest
entity. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Doing Business in China” and “Risk Factor – Risks Related
to Our Corporate Structure.”
The following is a summary of the
contracts by and among our subsidiary Beijing Distance Learning, our PRC consolidated VIE Beijing Digital Information, and the
shareholders of Beijing Digital Information; each of which is currently in full force and effect.
The series of contractual agreements include
the following:
Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement
Under the business cooperation agreement,
Beijing Digital Information engages Beijing Distance Learning as its exclusive technical and operational consultant and under
which Beijing Distance Learning agrees to assist in business development and related services necessary to conduct Beijing Digital
Information’ operational activities. Beijing Digital Information shall not seek or accept similar services from other providers
without the prior written approval of Beijing Distance Learning. The agreements will be effective as long as Beijing Digital Information
exists. Beijing Distance Learning may terminate this agreement at any time by giving a prior written notice to Beijing Digital
Information.
Under the above agreements, the shareholders
of Beijing Digital Information irrevocably granted Beijing Distance Learning the power to exercise all voting rights to which
they were entitled. In addition, Beijing Distance Learning has the option to acquire all of the equity interests in Beijing Digital
Information, to the extent permitted by the then-effective PRC laws and regulations, for nominal consideration. Finally, Beijing
Distance Learning is entitled to receive service fees for certain services to be provided to Beijing Digital Information.
Exclusive Option Agreement
Under the exclusive option agreement,
in consideration of an aggregate payment of RMB 2,000,000, each of the shareholders of Beijing Digital Information has granted
Beijing Distance Learning or its designated representative(s) an irrevocable and exclusive option to purchase their equity interests
in Beijing Digital Information when and to the extent permitted by PRC law. Beijing Distance Learning or its designated representative(s)
has sole discretion as to when to exercise such options, either in part or in full. Without Beijing Distance Learning’s
written consent, the shareholders of Beijing Digital Information shall not transfer, donate, pledge, or otherwise dispose any
equity interests of Beijing Digital Information in any way. The acquisition price for the equity interests will be RMB 2,000,000
or the minimum amount of consideration permitted under the PRC law at the time when the option is exercised if such minimum price
is higher. The agreement cannot be terminated by Beijing Digital Information or their shareholders. The agreement remains in effective
until all the equity interests of each shareholder of Beijing Digital Information transfers to Beijing Distance Learning or its
designee(s).
Equity Interest Pledge Agreement
Under the equity interest pledge agreement,
each of the shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Beijing Digital Information to Beijing Distance Learning as
collateral to secure their obligations under the equity pledge agreement, the exclusive option agreement and the powers of attorney.
If the shareholders of Beijing Digital Information breach their respective contractual obligations, Beijing Distance Learning,
as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including the right to dispose the pledged equity interests. Pursuant to the agreement,
the shareholders of Beijing Digital Information shall not transfer, assign or otherwise create any new encumbrance on their respective
equity interest in Beijing Digital Information without prior written consent of Beijing Distance Learning. The equity pledge right
held by Beijing Distance Learning will terminate upon the satisfaction of all its obligations by all parties under the VIE contractual
arrangements.
Power of Attorney
Each of the shareholders of Beijing Digital
Information has executed a power of attorney to grant Beijing Distance Learning the power of attorney to act on his or her behalf
on all matters pertaining to Beijing Digital Information and to exercise all of his or her rights as a shareholder of Beijing
Digital Information, including but not limited to convene, attend and vote at shareholders’ meetings and designate and appoint
directors and senior management members. The power of attorney will remain in effect unless each shareholder ceases to own any
equity interests of Beijing Digital Information.
If our variable interest entity and its
shareholders fail to perform their obligations under the above contractual arrangements, we could be limited in our ability to
enforce these VIE agreements and maintain effective control over our variable interest entity Beijing Digital Information. See
“Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure - Any failure by Beijing Digital Information or its shareholders
to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material and adverse effect on our business.”
If we are unable to maintain effective control, we would not be able to continue to consolidate Beijing Digital Information’s
financial results. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure - If the PRC government finds that
the contractual arrangements that establish the structure for holding our Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license
do not comply with applicable PRC laws and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our
interests in those operations” and “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure - We rely on contractual
arrangements with Beijing Digital Information and its shareholders for a portion of our business operations, which may not be
as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control.”
4B. Business Overview
We are a provider of online exam preparation
services and related technology solutions as well as a producer of online training course materials in China and have been in
operation for over 20 years. We develop our own online education materials that are offered through the cloud and that can be
used for a wide range of purposes, such as standard examination preparation, professional training and interactive programs for
educational purposes other than exam preparation. We also produce thousands of online classes. Our services not only include development
of online education platforms and online course materials but also includes comprehensive cloud service for online education and
exam preparation training.
Our Services
We currently offer online education services
and technology research & development services. Our online education services currently comprises Online Education Cloud Services
and Online Training Services.
Online Education Cloud Service (“B2B2C”)
We provide online education platforms
to institutions, such as universities and training institutions, and online course development service companies. Our teachers
are well regarded and recommended by our clients, which include universities and academic institutions. Through our product development
team, we interview and enlist teachers who we use to record teaching sessions. In return, we provide fixed compensation to teachers.
We have developed three separate types of B2B2C platforms: a self-study examination platform, a continuing education platform
and a non-diploma training platform (which allows students to enroll in courses for college credit). These platforms are available
both online and via mobile app that we design for each of our clients. Currently, we are primarily focused on providing clients
with B2B2C services relating to self-study examinations, which are a set of standard national examinations necessary to obtain
college degrees in China. We have offered such services since September 2009. We also entered into the adult education field and
commenced offering continuing education platforms in late 2016. Currently, over 1,950 courses are available on such platforms
and approximately 95 universities and education institutions are using and testing our platforms. We commenced offering our non-diploma
training platforms in March 2017. We currently provide services in ten provinces in China and believe that we are the leading
service provider in this market.
The flow chart below shows our B2B2C service:
|
●
|
Self-Study
Examination Platform
|
This platform is a cloud based education
system for universities, government examination officials as well as students who would like obtain college degrees through self-taught
higher education examination. We created customized homepage systems for each university that uses our platform. Our system allows
the university management to import their student data into the data base of our platform and will generate accounts for each
specific student. Students can login the platform, choose to participate in recorded or live courses that are available on the
platform. The platform will grant government examination officials the authority to monitor the learning process of each student.
The platform can record the student’s learning data, giving each student a score for evaluation of the performance of each
course for use by the university and government officials.
|
●
|
Continuing
Education Platform
|
This platform is also cloud based and
targets college students and students aiming to complete adult higher education. Similar to the self-study examination platform,
this platform offers customized interface for each university using the platform where the school management can integrate their
student data into the platform. Students can log in and take courses. The system will keep track of the students’ leaning
data and generate scores based on students’ performance for school evaluation. What’s different from the self-study
examination platform, this platform offers additional teaching administrative functions, including student profile management,
tuition payment, management of different campus, course arrangement as well as statistical screening management, etc.
|
●
|
Non-Diploma
Training Platform
|
This platform is cloud based as well,
but services training institutions and individual students. A large number of traditional face-to-face training institutions can
use this platform to provide their training courses online without overspending on personnel, servers and online training platform.
Similar to the other systems, the training institutions have their own interfaces and can create accounts for their students to
take courses on the platform. In addition, the platform also provides a large number of online educational operations to the training
institutions, including the management of their own courses, and pricing, promotion, enrollment and payment functions.
|
●
|
Vocational Education 1+X and Higher Vocational Enrollment
Expansion Teaching and Educational Administration Platform
|
This is a cloud computing platform
for vocational education information management and online teaching. According to the policy requirements set forth under
the “National Vocational Education Reform Implementation Plan” and other relevant policy requirements of the PRC
Ministry of Education as well as the actual needs of higher vocational colleges, the platform provides information services
for vocational colleges to implement “Academic Certificate + Several Vocational Skill Level Certificates” or
“1+X” and higher vocational enrollment expansion business. It covers admission evaluation management,
educational administration management, teaching resource management, online learning and other related aspects, and provides
complete solutions for occupational colleges by providing hardware, software, resources and services.
Huafu e-school system is a website
setup system for individuals, educational institutions and enterprise training centers. It helps customers without
in-house technical capacities to create their own brand online schools for free, and provides one-stop “Internet +
education” service. The e-school system supports two cooperation models: online education self-supporting and
cooperative operation. The platform supports multiple terminals, PC online school, mobile app online school, etc. The
self-supporting program is for our own online training programs and the cooperative operation is for institutions that we
work with. These institutions can have an independent homepage, which supports their independent domain name and independent
brand. The platform can authorize the use of Huafu’s existing curriculum resources to institutions or they can also
setup and sell their own training courses.
|
●
|
Paperless examination platform
|
This platform is a complete online
examination solution for paperless examination of all subjects. The platform integrates key aspects for testing by most
universities in China, such as management of question database, test paper, examination, grading, management of examination
paper monitoring, etc., and provides related technical services for colleges. Through the platform, the school carries out
routine examination evaluation activities such as tests, final examinations and make-up examinations. Students’
examination terminals can carry out examinations through app, browser or client-side. The examination process monitoring can
adopt face recognition or ID card reader recognition for identity authentication. Teachers can grade papers online or export
answers for marking up paper.
For all the five platforms, we will be
paid by the schools or training institutions based on the number of courses taken by their students.
Online Training Service (“B2C”)
We provide online training and examination
preparation services directly to students for a fee. We have provided this service since 2000, however, due to limited marketing
efforts, the revenue generated from this service has been limited. We have been increasing our marketing efforts for our B2C service
since early 2017 and our revenue from this service has stabilized during the year ended March 31, 2019. With the increased demand
for continuing education, we plan to expand our B2C service. In connection with our B2C service, we provide an online cloud education
platform targeting end users, which is available both online and via the mobile app we design for each program. We can also license
this platform to other offline education and training institutions for them to offer online services, and to manage their online
courses and online users. Students that use this service are primarily college students and students preparing for the self-study
examination. During the year ended March 31, 2020, we provided approximately 1,104,000 courses to students. The flow chart below
illustrates our B2C services:
Technology Research & Development
Services
Another major aspect of our business is dedicated to developing
and maintaining online education platforms and online courses for our clients, comprising universities, government agencies and
private clients such as publishers. We also provide consulting, maintenance and updating services relating to online education
programs we have developed for our clients. We have provided these services to our clients since Beijing Distance Learning commenced
operations in 1999. Our largest clients in this segment are World Publishing (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. and the State Intellectual Property
Bureau Training Center. Pursuant to our agreements with World Publishing (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., we develop and update platforms
for its Electric Backpack program, an online interactive teaching program for elementary and middle school students in China. We
have been providing online course development services to the State Intellectual Property Bureau Training Center since 2002. Our
services to the center include training course recording, editing and posting as well as platform maintenance and updating for
a fixed fee agreed upon by both parties.
Our Strengths
We believe that the following competitive
strengths contribute to, and will continue to reinforce, our success and leading market position in the online self-taught education
industry in the PRC and differentiate us from our competitors:
|
●
|
Education Cloud
Platform Advantage. We are dedicated to the development of our education platforms and actual operations and is one of
the companies with the longest history in the industry. Our platforms are constantly improved and upgraded and have been well
recognized by its users for being comprehensive and easy to use.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Leading Service
Provider in Online Preparation of Self-Taught Examination. According to CRI, we are the leading provider and standards
setter of online education service of self-study examination courses in the PRC and the first company in China that provides
such services. The Company has over 920online courses and provides services to over 83 universities and colleges across
14 provinces in China.
|
|
●
|
Leading Service
Provider in Online Adult Education. We launched our adult continue education platform in late 2016. There are approximately
84 schools that currently have service agreements with us and approximately 91 that are testing our services. The platform
has become well-known in the industry.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Strong Brand
Recognition with Nationwide Experience in Online Education. After many years in operation, our brand is well recognized.
“Huaxiadadi华夏大地” is an online education course brand in PRC. We kept improving our
course designs over the years. With an experienced and cooperative team, we are able to provide quality services and exceed
customer expectations. In 2015, we were awarded “2015 Chinese Brand Influence Educational Institution” by Sina
Education. In 2016, we were recognized as “2016 Famous Online Education Brand” by Tencent Echo China. In 2017,
we were awarded “2017 China Internet Education Brand Enterprise” by the Online Study magazine of China Long-Distance
Education Magazine and China Online Education Leaders Association.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
Technology Advantage.
We have dedicated considerable resources to our technology and product development efforts. More than 25% of our employees
are in our technology and product development departments and are very experienced with research and development. 30% of these
employees hold master or doctor degrees. In addition, we have 30 registered copyrights and have accumulated two decade’s
experience.
|
Our Strategies
Our goal is to strengthen our position
as a leading provider of online self-taught courses in PRC by pursuing the following business strategies:
|
●
|
In response to the
increased demand from over 3,000 universities in China, we plan to expand our client base for our B2B2C service.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
We continue to improve
on the breadth and quality of our online courses, which are key components for our B2B2C and B2C services.
|
|
●
|
In addition
to cloud services, we intend to provide offline training and testing services to supplement the online services provided to
universities and colleges based on their demand.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
While implementing
our national expansion strategy, we intend to acquire or set up local training companies to localize our B2B2C service. We
intend to continue to increase our research and development department.
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
We intend to expand
internationally by setting up branches or acquiring training institutions in North America and also leveraging international
education resources to operations in China.
|
Our Mission, Vision and Values
Our mission is to improve education in
China. Recognizing the unmet demand for higher education and the potential social and commercial value of private education, we
started our business by providing education services focusing on long-distance learning. Our vision is to utilize our technology
advantages accumulated over our nearly two-decade operations to become the best education technology company in China. We believe
the core of distance-learning is service – customer satisfaction and innovation are critical to our success and we strive
to promote and adhere to these values.
Steps to Improve Our Performance
Recruitment of Professional Personnel
We believe that our existing products
and services with technological development of our online platform and quality improvement of our online courses will enable us
to capture increased market demands for online education. With these opportunities we are able to provide, we plan to expand our
team by recruiting professionals in various fields. In recent years, supply and demand of professionals tend to be stable, as
long as we can provide development opportunities, we are able to hire more outstanding personnel, such as technology development
professionals, online course producers, teaching professionals and senior management expertise. As our team keeps growing, we
expect to be able to improve the quality of our courses, negotiate and cooperate with more schools, achieve more revenue and better
financial results.
Implementation of “Provincial
Partnership Model”
There are 32 provinces in China and the
population in each province varies from tens of millions to hundreds of millions. We are currently implementing a “Provincial
Partnership Model” under which we establish subsidiaries in different provinces. Our local partners in each province, who
are also the shareholders of each local subsidiary, can develop business not only with the reputation, platform and courses of
the Company, but also with their own capability and deep understanding of local education market. We have founded subsidiaries
in Hunan, Hubei, Jiangsu and Guizhou, Fujian, Liaoning and Beijing in the past two fiscal years. We believe that this “Provincial
Partnership Model” will create more revenue by motivating our partners of subsidiaries to explore potential market and provide
better services to local customers. In addition, “Provincial Partnership Model” will decrease the Company’s
payroll and travel expenses by hiring local staff instead of recruiting staff in Beijing, where our headquarters is located.
Expansion to Online Non-Diploma
Courses
As of now, most of our online courses
are provided to self-taught learners and college students pursuing higher education degrees. We are also exploring continuing
education and professional development courses for qualification certificates. For example, we have completed development of online
courses for the “National Teacher Certificate Examination”. There are a very limited amount of institutions developing
courses for the “National Teacher Certificate Examination” in China, especially promoting these courses through B2B2C
model like us. Therefore, competition in this field is not strong. On the other hand, our online education platform was successfully
built and there will be much less cost in the upcoming periods. As such, our gross profit is more likely to increase with the
development of other professional development courses.
Continuous Expansion to Online Non-Diploma
Education Courses and Adult Continuing Higher Education Courses
|
Online non-diploma
education courses
|
As of now, most of our online courses
are provided to self-taught learners and college students pursuing higher education degrees. We are also exploring non-diploma
education courses and professional development courses for qualification certificates. For example, we have completed development
of online courses for the “National Teacher Certificate Examination”. There are a very limited amount of institutions
developing courses for the “National Teacher Certificate Examination” in China, especially promoting these courses
through B2B2C model like us. Therefore, competition in this field is not strong. On the other hand, our online education platform
was successfully built and there will be much less cost in the upcoming periods. As such, our gross profit is more likely to increase
with the development of other professional development courses.
|
Online adult
continuing higher education courses
|
Adult higher education examination is
an alternative way to obtain higher education for adults and an important part of China’s higher education system. According
to the statistics from China Research and Intelligence www.shcri.com, there were 288 universities and colleges offering
continuing education services, most of which adopted face-to-face teaching. There is barely B2B2C service provider for adult continuing
higher education courses and market size of China’s online continuing higher education is relatively small.
We entered into the adult education
field and launched our continuing education platforms in late 2016. Currently, there are over 80 universities and education
institutions that we have contracts with and over 90 other universities and education institutions that are in trial period
of using our platforms. We generated $0.8 million in revenue from such programs in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020. We
expect revenue from such programs will increase in the next fiscal year. Given the unmet market demands for this type of
services as well as the PRC government’s promotion of the “Internet Plus” model, China’s institutions
of higher education, including our existing and potential clients, will likely increase their use of adult continuing higher
education cloud platform to standardize teaching process and monitor learning process. As such, we expect our revenue from
services for online adult continuing education will increase in the long term.
Key Aspects of Our Operations
Sales and Marketing
We market our services through both offline
and online channels. Since our inception, the bulk of our marketing is done through traditional offline channels. Our sales representative
visit our targeted potential customers, such as universities and schools, and then schedule meetings and demos for these potential
clients to learn about our services and for us to learn about the specific needs of each potential client. We also develop customers
through referrals from existing clients and business partners. We also attend industry conferences to promote our brand and further
expand our client base. We started online marketing in 2004, including search engine marketing and mobile app advertising.
Fees
Fees for B2B2C business: we provide
the platform to universities or schools for free but charge students a fee of RMB 20 to 120 per class, depending upon the course.
Fees for our B2C services: we charge
fees based on the specific training program. Low end programs only include online courses and we charge RMB 50 to 180 per class
for this type of programs. High end programs include both online courses and in person training. We charge RMB 200 to 600 per
course for this type of programs.
Technical services fees: we charge
service fees based on our development and maintenance costs plus a 30% profit. The fee for each client varies, depending upon
the specific program design as well as our costs for providing the services, primarily including human resources and computer
hardware and software related expenses. Such fees are set forth in our agreements with such clients.
Customers
Our customers for our online education services include universities,
academic institutions, government agencies, private clients such as publishers as well as students preparing for various types
of standard examination. For the B2B2C service, our customers are universities and academic institutions in ten provinces in the
PRC such as Hunan, Hubei, Jiangsu, Fujian and Anhui. Our top customers for the B2B2C service include College of continuing education
of Wuhan University, Changsha University of Science &Technology, Hunan Agricultural University, Shandong Yingcai University
and Fujian Education Institution. Our customers for the B2C service are students located nationwide. For our technology services
business, customers include government agencies and private companies such as publishers. Our largest clients of our technology
services are World Publishing (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. and the State Intellectual Property Bureau Training Center.
In terms of geographic areas, all of our
customers are currently based in the PRC. We plan to expand our client base internationally as we continue to grow our business.
Technology
Our Proprietary Platform
|
1.
|
Development Strategy:
We have developed proprietary online education platforms which we have designed and updated based on the needs of our customers.
In addition to traditional training features, we added additional features to facilitate intellectual studies. We own relatively
mature technologies for platform development and can design specific platforms based on such technologies according to the
commercial needs of our customers. We believe that this approach saves our customers’ costs, reduces development period
and allows us to quickly respond to market demands.
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Purposes and Advantages:
The primary purpose of our platforms is for our own business, namely training programs for students preparing for various
examinations. Our platform is compatible with Windows, H5, Android and iOs systems. Our institution customers can develop
their own mobile app based on their own data management capacity and sales system.
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
Platform Security:
We have adopted security policies and measures, including encryption technology, to protect our proprietary data and customer
information, and we back up our database, including customer data, every day.
|
All of our servers and routers, including
backup servers, are currently hosted by third-party service providers in Beijing, Jiujiang and Wuhan in China. We back up our
databases daily. Our IT department regularly monitors the performance of our websites, mobile apps and technology infrastructure
to enable us to respond quickly to potential problems. We have not experienced any major problems in our network infrastructure.
In addition, we also engaged well known cloud service provider to have a cloud host to provide online services, and cloud storage
and cloud-on-demand services.
Research and Development
Our technology team also dedicates part of
its time to our research and development efforts. Our technology team has experience in the development, design, operation and
maintenance of platform products, servers and mobile apps. In the past three years, we have over 30 employees in the technology
and development department on average. Most of our team members have 5 years or more of experience, 30% of our team members have
master’s or doctor’s degree and certain team members have work experience at Fortune 500 companies. Our research and
development efforts are closely tied to the market. We adjust our product development and services based on market conditions and
government policies. We launched three new platforms to obtain more customers and expand our business in new area of on-line education
. The focuses of our research and development efforts include improving our online training data collection, programs focused on
intelligent study, education resource integration and technology service. In the past three years, we keep a stable input in research
and development to obtain a technology advantage in the on-line education industry. We anticipate that we will continue to increase
the expenditure of research and development in the future.
Intellectual Property
We currently have 30 software registrations
for our online course delivery and examination preparation programs and related mobile applications. We have also registered 21
trademarks with the China Trademark Office and an additional 2 trademark applications are currently pending. We, however, cannot
assure that all of our trademark applications will be successful.
Employees
We are headquartered in Beijing, where
most of our senior management and technology teams are based. We also host part of our general and administrative personnel, content
development professionals and sales and marketing staff in our Beijing offices. The rest of our sales and marketing staff are
based in Hunan and Jiangsu. Our offices in Hunan and Jiangxi host our teacher assistance department, technology team and general
and administrative personnel.
As of March 31, 2020, we had 145 employees,
including 142 full time employees and 3 part time employees. As of March 31, 2020, 50 of these employees were based in our headquarters
in Beijing and 95 were based in other cities in the PRC. The table below breaks down the full-time personnel of the Company by
function:
Function
|
|
Number of
Employees
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
Management
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Technology and Development
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
Teaching Assistance
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
Sales and Marketing
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
Product Development and Customer Service
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
General and Administrative
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
Total
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
We enter into employment contracts with
our full-time employees. For our full-time employees in China, we also enter into stand-alone confidentiality and non-compete
agreements with them. In addition to salaries and benefits, we provide performance-based bonuses for our full-time employees and
commission-based compensation for our sales and marketing force.
Foreign teachers delivering paid lessons
on our platform are generally not our full-time employees. We enter into service contracts with such teachers, and pay service
fees to them based on the number of lessons they teach and their teaching performance.
As required by regulations in China, we
participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by municipal and provincial governments for our PRC-based
full-time employees, including pension, unemployment insurance, childbirth insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance
and housing insurance. We are required under PRC law to make contributions from time to time to employee benefit plans for our
PRC-based full-time employees at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of such employees, up to
a maximum amount specified by the local governments in China.
Our employees are not covered by any collective
bargaining agreement. We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced
any significant labor disputes.
Seasonality
The current operations of the Company
have demonstrated seasonality. There are major examinations scheduled in April and October of each year and other examinations
scheduled in January and July of each year. As a result, the number of students enrolled in our programs is the highest within
the two months period prior to each exam. In addition, Adult Continue Education business slows down during the summer and winter
breaks of our partner schools. See “Risk Factor—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our results of operations
are subject to seasonal fluctuations.”
Competition
With respect to the B2B2C service, we
believe that we are a leading service provider in the self-study online training area. Our primary competitors are four other
companies providing similar types of programs, including Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd., Suzhou Qingying
Feifan Software Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing Aopeng Long Distance Education Center Co., Ltd. and Hongcheng Technology Development
Co. but we have competitive advantages in terms of geographic coverage, the number of partner schools, the number of courses and
our years of operating experience in the industry. With respect to the B2C service, we have two major competitors in the PRC,
Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co. and Bejing Dongda Zhengbao Technology Co., Ltd. Our competitive advantages with
respect to this service are our long operating history, our brand recognition and the number and types of courses that we offer.
For the B2C service, we compete with traditional offline training institutions as well as well as other companies that provide
online training services. In terms of our technology service, we primarily face competition from Shenzhen Youxuepai World Education
Development Co., Ltd, Teewon Digital Media Technology Co., Ltd., Founder Tech and Hanwon Technology. Our current client base strongly
relies on these services. We face competition from other online and mobile platforms or internet companies that plan to expand
their business into the online education space but we believe our long established relationship with our clients, experienced
technology team and many years’ experience will provide us an edge in competing with these market new entrants.
Facilities
We lease executive office space in Beijing
of an aggregate of 720 square meters. These facilities currently accommodate our management headquarters, as well as part of our
sales and marketing, product development and general and administrative activities.
As of the date of this report, we have
also leased an aggregate of approximately 1,893 square meters office space in Beijing, Jiangsu, Hunan and Fuzhou. A summary of
our leased properties as of the date of this report is shown below:
Location
|
|
Space
(in square
meters)
|
|
|
Address
|
|
Use
|
|
Beijing
|
|
720
|
|
|
L207b,
Hesheng Fortune Plaza, No.13 Deshengmenwai Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China & Room 1303A, 1303B, Building 40,
No. 1 Shengbei Road, Economic Development Zone, Daxing District, Beijing, China
|
|
Office
|
|
Nanjing, Jiangsu
|
|
570
|
|
|
4th
floor, No. 601Zhushan Roan, Jianning District, Nanjin, Jiangsu.
|
|
Office
|
|
Changsha, Hunan
|
|
548
|
|
|
Room 617-625,
Building B1, No. 568 Queyuan Road, Tianxin District, Changsha, Hunan, China
|
|
Office
|
|
Fuzhou, Fujian
|
|
55
|
|
|
Room 1420, Building
1, Henli Bona Plaza, Gulou District, Fuzhou, Fujian,China
|
|
Office
|
|
We own office space of 570 square meters
located at 4th floor, No. 601Zhushan Roan, Jianning District, Nanjin, Jiangsu, which is where our Jiangsu office is
based.
We own office space of Room 617-625,
Building B1, No. 568 Queyuan Road, Tianxin District, Changsha, Hunan, which is where our Hunan office is based.
We also own office space of 55 square
meters located at Room 1420, Building 1, Henli Bona Plaza, Gulou District, Fuzhou, Fujian.
Other than our office space in Jiangsu,
Hunan and Fujian, we lease all of the facilities that we currently occupy from independent third parties. We believe that the
facilities that we currently lease are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future, and we believe that we will be able
to obtain adequate facilities, principally through leasing of additional properties, to accommodate our future expansion plans.
Insurance
We currently do not have any insurance
coverage other than participation in various government statutory social security plans, including a pension contribution plan,
a medical insurance plan, an unemployment insurance plan, a work-related injury insurance plan, a maternity insurance plan and
a housing provident fund.
Regulations
This section sets forth a summary of the
most significant laws, rules and regulations that affect our business and operations.
Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment
Laws of Wholly foreign-owned Enterprise
The establishment procedures, examination
and approval procedures, registered capital requirement, foreign exchange restriction, accounting practices, taxation and labor
matters of a wholly foreign-owned enterprise are governed by the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law of China, or the Whole Foreign-owned
Enterprise Law, which was promulgated by NPCSC, and effective as of April 12, 1986, amended on October 31, 2000 and September
3, 2016 and the Implementation Rules for the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Foreign
Economic Relations and Trade on December 12,1990 and amended on April 12,2001 and February 19, 2014 by the State Council. According
to the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law and its Implementation Rules, the establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises
shall be subject to the examination and approval by the MOFCOM, or the Chinese Government level of province, autonomous region,
municipality directly under the central Chinese Government, municipality separately listed on the State plan or special economic
zone, as authorized by the State Council, which will issue a certificate of approval in respect thereof. Where the establishment
of wholly foreign-owned enterprises does not involve the implementation of special access administrative measures prescribed by
the State, the establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises are subject to record-filing management. Profits and other legal
rights and interests obtained by foreign investors in China shall be protected by Chinese laws, and legitimate profits, other
lawful income and post-liquidation funds received by foreign investors from the wholly foreign-owned enterprises may be remitted
abroad.
The Guidance Catalog of Industries
for Foreign Investment
Investment activities in the PRC by foreign
investors shall comply with the Guidance Catalog of Industries for Foreign Investment, or the Catalog, which was promulgated and
is amended from time to time by MOFCOM, and the National Development and Reform Commission, or NDRC. The Catalog divides industries
into three categories: encouraged foreign invested industries, restricted foreign invested industries and prohibited foreign invested
industries. Any industry not listed in the Catalog or any encouraged foreign invested industry listed in the Catalog is a permitted
industry. Some restricted industries are limited to equity or contractual joint ventures, while in some cases Chinese partners
are required to hold the majority interests in such joint ventures. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries
in the prohibited category. On June 28, 2018, NDRC and MOFCOM promulgated the Special Administrative Measures for Access of Foreign
Investment (the “Negative List 2018”), which came into effect on July 28, 2018. According to the Negative List 2018,
the provision of value-added telecommunications services falls in the restricted category and the percentage of foreign ownership
cannot exceed 50% (except for e-commence).
The M&A Rules
The Provisions Regarding Mergers and Acquisitions
of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, was jointly promulgated by MOFCOM, China Securities Regulatory
Commission, or CSRC, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, State Administration
of Taxation, State Administration of Industry and Commerce and State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, on August 8,
2006 and became effective as of September 8, 2006, and were later amended on June 22, 2009. This M&A Rules governs
among other things, the purchase and subscription by foreign investors of equity interests in a domestic enterprise, and the purchase
and operation by foreign investors of the assets and business of a domestic enterprise. An offshore special purpose vehicle, or
SPV, is defined under the M&A Rules as an offshore entity directly or indirectly controlled by Chinese individuals or enterprises
for the purpose of an overseas listing, and the main assets of which are the rights and interests in affiliated domestic enterprises.
Under the M&A Rules, if a SPV intends to merge with or acquire any domestic enterprise affiliated with such Chinese individuals
or enterprises that control the SPV, the proposed merger or acquisition shall be submitted to the MOFCOM for approval. The M&A
Rules also require a SPV to obtain an approval from the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of its securities on an overseas
stock exchange.
The Draft PRC Foreign Investment
Law
The Draft Foreign Investment Law specifically
provides that entities established in China but “controlled” by foreign investors, such as via contracts or trust,
will be treated as Foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs, whereas foreign investment in China in the foreign investment restricted
industries by a foreign investor may nonetheless apply for being, when approving market entry clearance by the foreign investment
administration authority, treated as a PRC domestic investment if the foreign investor is determined by the foreign investment
administration authority as being “controlled” by PRC entities and/or citizens. In this connection, “actual
control” is broadly defined in the Draft Foreign Investment Law to cover the following summarized categories: (i) holding
50% of more of the voting rights of the subject entity; (ii) holding less than 50% of the voting rights of the subject entity
but having the power to secure at least 50% of the seats on the board or other equivalent decision making bodies, or having the
voting power to materially influence the board, the shareholders’ meeting or other equivalent decision making bodies; or
(iii) having the power to exert decisive influence, via contractual or trust arrangements, over the subject entity’s
operations, financial matters or other key aspects of business operations. According to the Draft Foreign Investment Law, VIEs
would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors, and be subject to restrictions
on foreign investments. However, the Draft Foreign Investment Law has not taken a position on what actions will be taken with
respect to the existing companies with the “variable interest entity” structure, whether or not these companies are
controlled by Chinese parties.
On December 26, 2018, NPCSC published
the 2018 Draft Foreign Investment Law deliberated by the 7th Meeting of the Standing Committee of the Thirteenth National People’s
Congress, to seek public comments, which will be closed on February 24, 2019. The 2018 Draft Foreign Investment Law does not mention
concepts including “de facto control” and “controlling through contractual arrangements”, nor did it specify
the regulation on controlling through contractual arrangements. It is still uncertain when the draft would be signed into law
and whether the final version would have any substantial changes from this draft.
Regulations Relating to Value-Added
Telecommunications Services
Licenses for Value-Added Telecommunications
Services
The State Council issued the Regulations
on Telecommunications of China, or the Telecommunications Regulations, on September 25, 2000 which was amended on February
6, 2016, to regulate telecommunications activities in China. The Telecommunications Regulations divide the telecommunications
services into two categories, namely “infrastructure telecommunications services” and “value-added telecommunications
services.” Pursuant to the Telecommunications Regulations, operators of value-added telecommunications services must first
obtain a Value-added Telecommunications Business Operating License, or Value-Added Telecommunications License, from the Ministry
of Industry and Information Technology, or MIIT, or its provincial level counterparts. On July 3, 2017, the MIIT promulgated the
Administrative Measures for the Licensing of Telecommunications Business, effective as of September 1, 2017, which sets forth
more specific provisions regarding the types of licenses required to operate value-added telecommunications services, the qualifications
and procedures for obtaining such licenses and the administration and supervision of such licenses.
According to the Catalog of Classification
of Telecommunications Businesses effective from April 1, 2003, internet information services, also called internet content
services, or ICP services, are deemed as a type of value-added telecommunications services. On December 28, 2015, the MIIT
published a revised Catalog of Classification of Telecommunication Business, or the 2016 MIIT Catalog, which took effect on March 1,
2016. According to the 2016 MIIT Catalog, internet information services, which include information release and delivery services,
information search and query services, information community platform services, information real-times interactive services, and
information protection and processing services, continues to be classified as a category of value-added telecommunication services.
The Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services, or ICP Measures, also promulgated by the PRC State Council on September 25,
2000 and amended on January 8, 2011, sets forth more specific rules on the provision of ICP services. According to ICP Measures,
any company that engages in the provision of commercial ICP services shall obtain a sub-category Value-Added Telecommunications
License for Internet Information Services, or ICP license, from the relevant government authorities before providing any commercial
internet content services within the PRC, and when the ICP services involve areas of news, publication, education, medical treatment,
health, pharmaceuticals and medical equipment, and if required by law or relevant regulations, specific approval from the respective
regulatory authorities must be obtained prior to applying for the ICP License from the MIIT or its provincial level counterpart.
Pursuant to the above mentioned regulations, “commercial ICP services” generally refers to provision of specific information
content, online advertising, web page construction and other online application services through internet for profit making purpose.
Foreign Investment in Value-Added
Telecommunication Services
The Regulations on Administration of Foreign-Invested
Telecommunications Enterprises, or the FITE Regulations, which took effect on January 1, 2002 and amended on September 10,
2008 and February 6, 2016, are the key regulations that regulate foreign direct investment in telecommunications companies in
China. The FITE Regulations stipulate that the foreign investor of a telecommunications enterprise is prohibited from holding
more than 50% of the equity interest in a foreign-invested enterprise that provides value-added telecommunications services. In
addition, for a foreign investor to acquire any equity interest in a business providing value-added telecommunications services
in China, it must demonstrate a positive track record and experience in providing such services.
Regulations Relating to Private Education
in the PRC
Education Law of the PRC
On March 18, 1995, the National People’s
Congress of the PRC, or the NPC, enacted the Education Law of the PRC, or the Education Law, which was amended on August 27,
2009 and December 27, 2015. The Education Law provides that in principle, enterprises, social organizations and individuals are
encouraged to establish and operate schools and other types of education institutions in accordance with PRC laws and regulations.
Meanwhile, schools and other education institutions sponsored wholly or partially by government financial funds or donated assets
remain prohibited from being established as for-profit organizations.
The Law for Promoting Private Education
and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education
The Law for Promoting Private Education
of the PRC became effective on September 1, 2003 and the latest amendment, or the Amendment, was on December 29, 2018 which
came into effect on the same date. Under the Amendment, sponsors of private schools may choose to establish non-profit or for-profit private
schools at their own discretion. Nonetheless, school sponsors are not allowed to establish for-profit private schools
that are engaged in compulsory education.
The key features of the Amendment include
the following: (i) sponsors of for-profit private schools are entitled to retain the profits and proceeds from the schools
and the operation surplus may be allocated to the sponsors pursuant to the PRC Company Law and other relevant laws and regulations;
(ii) sponsors of non-profit private schools are not entitled to the distribution of profits or proceed from the non-profit schools
and all operation surplus of non-profit schools shall be used for the operation of the schools; (iii) for-profit private
schools are entitled to set their own tuition and other miscellaneous fees without the need to seek prior approvals from or report
to the relevant government authorities. The collection of fees by non-profit private schools, on the other hand, shall
be regulated by the provincial, autonomous regional or municipal governments; (iv) private schools (for-profit and non-profit) may
enjoy preferential tax treatments. Non-profit private schools will be entitled to the same tax benefits as public schools.
Taxation policies for for-profit private schools after the Amendment taking effect are still unclear as more specific
provisions are yet to be introduced; (v) where there is construction or expansion of a non-profit private school, the
school may acquire the required land use rights in the form of allocation by the government as a preferential treatment. Where
there is construction or expansion of a for-profit private school, the school may acquire the required land use rights
by purchasing them from the government; (vi) the remaining assets of non-profit private schools after liquidation shall
continue to be used for the operation of non-profit schools. The remaining assets of for-profit private schools
shall be distributed to the sponsors in accordance with the PRC Company Law; and people’s governments at or above the county
level may support private schools by subscribing to their services, provision of student loans and scholarships, and leases or
transfers of unused state assets. The governments may further take such measures as government subsidies, bonus funds and incentives
for donation in support of non-profit private schools.
On December 30, 2016, the MOE, MCA,
SAIC, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Welfare and the State Commission Office of Public Sectors Reform jointly issued
the Implementation Rules on the Classification Registration of Private Schools to reflect the new classification system for private
schools as set out in the Amendment. Generally, if a private school established before promulgation of the Amendment chooses to
register as a non-profit school, it shall amend its articles of association, continue its operation and complete the
new registration process. If such private school chooses to register as a for-profit school, it shall conduct financial
liquidation process, have the property rights of its assets such as lands, school buildings and net balance being authenticated
by relevant government authorities, pay up relevant taxes, apply for a new Permit for Operating a Private School, re-register as for-profit schools
and continue its operation. Specific provisions regarding the above registrations are yet to be introduced by people’s governments
at the provincial level.
On December 30, 2016, the MOE, SAIC
and the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Welfare jointly issued the Implementation Rules on the Supervision and Administration
of For-profit Private Schools, pursuant to which the establishment, division, merger and other material changes of a for-profit private
school shall first be approved by the education authorities or the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare, and then
be registered with the competent branch of SAIC.
On April 20, 2018, the MOE issued for
public comments the Draft Revision of the Regulations on the Implementation of the Law for Promoting Private Education of the
PRC (the Draft for Comments), or the MOE Draft for Comments. As the consultation period for the MOE Draft for Comments ended in
May 2018, on August 10, 2018, the MOJ published the committee draft of the Regulations on the Implementation of the Law on Promoting
Private Education in PRC (Revised Draft), or the MOJ Draft for Approval, which further provides that private training institutions
for language, art, sports, science and technology teaching and private training institutions for adults for cultural education
or non-academic continuing education can directly apply for the registration with the local administrative departments for industry
and commerce. Pursuant to the MOJ Draft for Approval, organizations that use Internet technology to implement training and education
activities online, occupational qualifications or occupational skills activities, or internet technology service platforms that
provide services for online implementation of the aforementioned activities shall obtain the corresponding Internet business license
and approval from the education administrative authorities and the human resources and social security authorities of the state
level where the institution resides and shall not implement educational or teaching activities which require the private school
operation permit. The MOJ has not provided the timeframe for the promulgation of the revised implementation rules on the Law for
Promoting Private Education of the PRC, even though the public consultation on the MOJ Draft for Approval has ended on September
10, 2018. If the abovementioned MOJ Draft for Approval is enacted as proposed, certain training institutions, such as our private
training institutions, are not required to obtain a private school operation permit from education authorities. However, as the
MOJ Draft for Approval is still in draft form, there can be no assurance that it will be enacted as proposed or at all.
Besides the Amendment and the above regulations,
the other details of the operation requirement of non-profit schools and for-profit schools will further be
provided in implementation regulations that are yet to be introduced: (i) the amendment to the Implementation Rules for the Law
for Promoting Private Education of the PRC; (ii) the local regulations relating to legal person registration of for-profit and non-profit private
schools; and the specific measures to be formulated and promulgated by the competent authorities responsible for the administration
of private schools in the province(s) in which the schools are located, including but not limited to the specific measures for
registration of pre-existing private schools, the specific requirements for authenticating various parties’ property rights
and payment of taxes and fees of for-profit private schools, taxation policies for for-profit private schools,
measures for the collection of non-profit private schools’ fees.
Regulations Relating to Online and
Distance Education
Pursuant to the Administrative Regulations
on Educational Websites and Online and Distance Education Schools issued by the MOE on July 5, 2000, educational websites
and online education schools may provide educational services in relation to higher education, elementary education, pre-school
education, teaching education, occupational education, adult education, other education and public educational information services.
“Educational websites” refer to organizations providing education or education-related information services to website
visitors by means of a database or online education platform connected via the Internet or an educational television station through
an Internet Service Provider, or ISP. “Online education schools” refer to educational websites providing academic
education services or training services with the issuance of various certificates. Setting up education websites and online education
schools is subject to approval from relevant education authorities, depending on the specific types of education. Any educational
website and online education school shall, upon the receipt of approval, indicate on its website such approval information as
well as the approval date and file number.
On February 3, 2016, the State Council
promulgated the Decision on Cancelling the Second Batch of 152 Items Subject to Administrative Examination and Approval by
Local Governments Designated by the Central Government, explicitly cancelled the approval requirements for operating educational
websites and online education schools that provided by the Administrative Regulations on Educational Websites and Online Education
Schools, and reiterated the principle that administrative approval requirements may only be imposed in accordance with the Administrative
Licensing Law.
Regulations Relating to Internet Information
Services
The Internet Information Service Administrative
Measures, or the Internet Information Measures, was promulgated on September 25, 2000 and amended on January 8, 2011. The Internet
Information Measures requires that commercial Internet content providers, or ICP providers, obtain a license for Internet information
services, or ICP license, from the appropriate telecommunications authorities in order to offer any commercial Internet information
services in the PRC. ICP providers shall display their ICP license number in a conspicuous location on their home page. In addition,
the Internet Information Measures also provide that ICP providers that operate in sensitive and strategic sectors, including news,
publishing, education, health care, medicine and medical devices, must obtain additional approvals from the relevant authorities
regulating those sectors as well.
Regulations Relating to Internet Culture
Activities
On February 17, 2011, the Ministry
of Culture, promulgated the Interim Administrative Provisions on Internet Culture, or the Internet Culture Provisions, which became
effective on April 1, 2011, as amended by Decision of the Ministry of Culture on Repealing and Amending Certain Departmental
Regulations on December 15, 2017. The Internet Culture Provisions require ICP services providers engaging in commercial “internet
culture activities” to obtain a permit from the Ministry of Culture. “Internet cultural activities” is defined
in the Internet Culture Provisions as an act of provision of Internet cultural products and related services, which includes (i) the
production, duplication, importation, and broadcasting of the Internet cultural products; (ii) the online dissemination whereby
cultural products are posted on the Internet or transmitted via the Internet to end-users, such as computers, fixed-line telephones,
mobile phones, television sets and games machines, for online users’ browsing, use or downloading; and (iii) the exhibition
and comparison of the Internet cultural products. In addition, “Internet cultural products” is defined in the Internet
Culture Provisions as cultural products produced, broadcast and disseminated via the Internet, which mainly include internet cultural
products specially produced for the Internet, such as online music entertainment, online games, online shows and plays (programs),
online performances, online works of art and online cartoons, and internet cultural products produced from cultural products such
as music entertainment, games, shows and plays (programs), performances, works of art, and cartoons through certain techniques
and duplicate those to internet for dissemination.
Regulations Relating to Online Publishing
On February 4, 2016, the SAPPRFT
and the MIIT jointly issued the Administrative Provisions on Online Publishing Services, or the Online Publishing Provisions which
took effect as of March 10, 2016. The Online Publishing Provisions sets out detailed provisions for online publishing activities,
which mainly cover issues such as defining online publishing services, licensing and approvals, the administrative and supervisory
regime and legal liabilities. According to the Online Publishing Provisions, all online publishing services provided within the
territory of China are subject to the Online Publishing Provisions, and an online publishing services permit shall be obtained
to provide online publishing services. Pursuant to the Online Publishing Provisions, “online publishing services”
refer to providing online publications to the public through information networks; and “online publications” refer
to digital works with publishing features such as having been edited, produced or processed and are made available to the public
through information networks, including: (i) written works, pictures, maps, games, cartoons, audio/video reading materials
and other original digital works containing useful knowledge or ideas in the field of literature, art, science or other fields;
(ii) digital works of which the content is identical to that of any published book, newspaper, periodical, audio/video product,
electronic publication or the like; (iii) network literature databases or other digital works, derived from any of the aforesaid
works by selection, arrangement, collection or other means; and (iv) other types of digital works as may be determined by
the SAPPRFT.
Regulations Relating to Publication
Distribution
Under the Administrative Measures for
the Publications Market, or Publications Market Measures, which was jointly promulgated by SAPPRFT and MOFCOM and became effective
on June 1, 2016, any enterprise or individual who engages in publication distribution activities shall obtain permission from
SAPPRFT or its local counterpart. “Publication” is defined as “books, newspapers, periodicals, audio-video products,
and electronic publications,” and “distributing” is defined as “wholesale, retail, rental, exhibition
and other activities,” respectively, in the Publication Market Measures. Any enterprise or individual that engages in retail
of publications shall obtain a Publication Business Operating License issued by the local counterpart of SAPPRFT at the county
level. In addition, any enterprise or individual that holds a Publication Business Operating License shall file with the relevant
local counterpart of SAPPRFT that granted such license to it within 15 days since it begins to carry out any online publication
distribution business. Where an entity or individual is engaged in the distribution of publications via the internet or other
information networks, it or he/she shall obtain the operation permit for publications.
Regulations Relating to Online Transmission
of Audio-Visual Programs
The SAPPRFT and the MIIT jointly promulgated
the Administrative Provisions on Internet Audio-Visual Program Service, or the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, on December 20,
2007, which came into effect on January 31, 2008 and was amended and effective on August 28, 2015. Under the Audio-Visual
Program Provisions, “internet audio-visual program services” is defined as activities of producing, redacting and
integrating audio-visual programs, providing them to the general public via internet, and providing service for other people to
upload and transmits audio-visual programs, and providers of internet audio-visual program services are required to obtain a License
for Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs issued by SAPPRFT, or complete certain registration procedures with SAPPRFT.
In general, providers of internet audio-visual program services must be either state-owned or state-controlled entities, and the
business to be carried out by such providers must satisfy the overall planning and guidance catalog for internet audio-visual
program service determined by SAPPRFT. On March 30, 2009, SAPPRFT promulgated the Notice on Strengthening the Administration
of the Content of Internet Audio-Visual Programs, which reiterates the pre-approval requirements for the audio-visual programs
transmitted via the internet, including through mobile networks, where applicable, and prohibits certain types of internet audio-visual
programs containing violence, pornography, gambling, terrorism, superstition or other similarly prohibited elements.
On March 17, 2010, SAPPRFT promulgated
the Provisional Implementation of the Tentative Categories of Internet Audio-Visual Program Services, or the Categories, which
was modified on March 10, 2017. The Categories clarified the scope of Internet audio-video programs services. According to the
Categories, there are four categories of Internet audio-visual program services which are further divided into seventeen sub-categories.
The third sub-category to the second category covers the making and editing of certain specialized audio-video programs concerning,
among other things, educational content, and broadcasting such content to the general public online. However, there are still
significant uncertainties relating to the interpretation and implementation of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, in particular,
the scope of “internet audio-video programs.”
Regulations Relating to the Software
Industry
On June 24, 2000, the State Council
issued Certain Policies to Encourage the Development of Software and Integrated Circuit Industries, effective from July 1,
2000, or the Policies, to encourage the development of software and integrated circuit industries in China and to enhance the
ability of PRC information technology companies to compete in the international market. The Policies facilitate the development
of software and integrated circuit industries in China through various methods, including: (i) encouraging venture capital investments
in software industry and providing capital to software enterprises or assisting such software enterprises to raise capital overseas; (ii)
providing tax incentives, including an immediate tax rebate for taxpayers who sell self-developed software products before 2010
in the amount of the statutory value-added tax that exceeds 3% and a number of exemptions and reduced corporate income tax rates; (iii)
providing government support, such as government funding in the development of software technology; (iv) providing preferential
treatments, such as credit facilities with low interest rates to enterprises that export software products; (v) taking various
strategies to ensure that the software industry has sufficient expertise; and (vi) implementing measures to enhance intellectual
property protection in China. According to Certain Policies to Further Encourage the Development of the Software Industry
and the Integrated Circuit Industry which was promulgated on January 28, 2011 by the State Council, preferential value-added tax
shall continue to be implemented and relevant preferential business tax policies shall be further implemented and improved. Eligible
software enterprises and integrated circuit design enterprises, which engage in software development and testing, information
system integration, consulting and operation maintenance, integrated circuit design and other businesses, shall be exempt from
business tax and relevant procedures for them shall be simplified.
To qualify for preferential treatments,
an enterprise must be recognized as a software enterprise by governmental authorities. A software enterprise is subject to annual
inspection, failure to pass such inspection in a given year would cause the enterprise to lose the relevant benefits.
Regulations Relating to Privacy Protection
The PRC Constitution states that PRC law
protects the freedom and privacy of communications of citizens and prohibits infringement of these rights. In recent years, PRC
government authorities have enacted laws and regulations on internet use to protect personal information from any unauthorized
disclosure. Pursuant to the Decision on Strengthening the Protection of Online Information issued by the NPCSC on December 28,
2012 and the Order for the Protection of Telecommunication and Internet User Personal Information issued by the MIIT in July 16,
2013, any collection and use of user personal information must be subject to the consent of the user, abide by the principles
of legality, rationality and necessity and be within the specified purposes, methods and scopes. “Personal information”
is defined in these regulations as information that identifies a citizen, the time or location for his use of telecommunication
and internet services, or involves privacy of any citizen such as his birth date, ID card number, and address. An ICP services
provider must also keep information collected strictly confidential, and is further prohibited from divulging, tampering or destroying
of any such information, or selling or providing such information to other parties. Any violation of the above decision or order
may subject the ICP service provider to warnings, fines, confiscation of illegal gains, revocation of licenses, cancellation of
filings, closedown of websites or even criminal liabilities.
Regulations Relating to Intellectual
Property Rights
Copyright and Software Registration
The NPCSC adopted the Copyright Law in
1990 and amended it in 2001 and 2010, respectively. The amended Copyright Law extends copyright protection to Internet activities,
products disseminated over the Internet and software products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered
by the China Copyright Protection Center. The amended Copyright Law also requires registration of a copyright pledge. To address
the problem of copyright infringement related to the content posted or transmitted over the Internet, the National Copyright Administration
and the MIIT jointly promulgated the Measures for Administrative Protection of Copyright Related to Internet on April 29,
2005. This measure became effective on May 30, 2005.
The Computer Software Protection Regulations
was promulgated by the State Council on June 4, 1991 and last amended on January 30, 2013 which stipulates that Chinese
citizens, legal entities or other organizations enjoy, in accordance with these Regulations, copyright in the software which they
have developed, whether published or not. In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations, the State
Copyright Bureau issued the Computer Software Copyright Registration Procedures on February 20, 2002, which apply to software
copyright registration, license contract registration and transfer contract registration.
Patents
The NPCSC adopted the Patent Law of the
PRC in 1984 and amended it in 1992, 2000 and 2008, respectively. A patentable invention, utility model or design must meet three
conditions: novelty, inventiveness and practical applicability. Patents cannot be granted for scientific discoveries, rules and
methods for intellectual activities, methods used to diagnose or treat diseases, animal and plant breeds or substances obtained
by means of nuclear transformation. The Patent Office under the State Intellectual Property Office is responsible for receiving,
examining and approving patent applications. A patent is valid for a twenty-year term for an invention and a ten-year term for
a utility model or design, starting from the application date. Except under certain specific circumstances provided by law, any
third party user must obtain consent or a proper license from the patent owner to use the patent, or else the use will constitute
an infringement of the rights of the patent holder.
Domain Name
On November 5, 2004, the MIIT promulgated
the Measures for Administration of Domain Names for the Chinese Internet, or the Domain Name Measures, as amended on August 24,
2017. According to the Domain Name Measures, “domain name” shall refer to the character identifier for identifying
and locating the hierarchical structure of a computer on the Internet, which corresponds to the Internet protocol (IP) address
of the computer concerned. A domain name registration service shall observe the principle of “first apply, first register”.
Where the domain name is completed, the applicant for the domain name registration shall be the holder of the domain name. The
holder of the domain name shall pay operation fees for a registered domain name on a regular basis. If the domain name holder
fails to pay the corresponding operation fees as required, the original domain name registry shall write it off and notify the
holder of the domain name in written form.
Trademark
Trademarks are protected by the PRC Trademark
Law which was adopted in 1982 and subsequently amended in 1993, 2001 and 2013 as well as the Implementation Regulation of the
PRC Trademark Law adopted by the State Council in 2002 and amended in 2014. The Trademark Office under the SAIC handles trademark
registrations and grants a term of ten years to registered trademarks which may be renewed for consecutive ten-year periods upon
request by the trademark owner. Trademark license agreements must be filed with the Trademark Office for record. The PRC Trademark
Law has adopted a “first-to-file” principle with respect to trademark registration. Where a trademark for which a
registration has been made is identical or similar to another trademark which has already been registered or been subject to a
preliminary examination and approval for use on the same kind of or similar commodities or services, the application for registration
of such trademark may be rejected. Any person applying for the registration of a trademark may not prejudice the existing right
first obtained by others, nor may any person register in advance a trademark that has already been used by another party and has
already gained a “sufficient degree of reputation” through such party’s use.
Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange
Foreign Exchange Settlement
The Circular of the State Administration
of Foreign Exchange on Reforming the Management Approach regarding the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-invested
Enterprises, which was promulgated by the SAFE on March 30, 2015 and became effective as of June 1, 2015, adopts the approach
of discretional foreign exchange settlement, under which the foreign exchange capital in the capital account of a foreign-invested
enterprise for which the foreign-invested enterprise has obtained confirmation by the local SAFE branches regarding the rights
and interests of monetary contribution (or the book-entry registration of monetary contribution by the banks) can be settled at
the banks based on the actual operation needs of such foreign-invested enterprise. The capital in Renminbi obtained by the foreign-invested
enterprise from the discretionary settlement of foreign exchange capital shall be managed under the account pending for foreign
exchange settlement payment. The proportion of discretionary settlement of foreign exchange capital is temporarily determined
as 100%, subject to the adjustment of the SAFE.
Regulations Relating to Foreign
Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents
SAFE Circular on Relevant Issues Relating
to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or Circular 37,
issued by SAFE and effective in July 4, 2014, regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of special purpose
vehicles, or SPVs, by PRC residents or entities to seek offshore investment and financing and conduct round trip investment in
China. Under Circular 37, a SPV refers to an offshore entity established or controlled, directly or indirectly, by PRC residents
or entities for the purpose of seeking offshore financing or making offshore investment, using legitimate domestic or offshore
assets or interests, while “round trip investment” refers to the direct investment in China by PRC residents or entities
through SPVs, namely, establishing foreign-invested enterprises to obtain the ownership, control rights and management rights.
Circular 37 requires that, before making contribution into an SPV, PRC residents or entities are required to complete foreign
exchange registration with the SAFE or its local branch. SAFE Circular 37 further provides that option or share-based incentive
tool holders of a non-listed SPV can exercise the options or share incentive tools to become a shareholder of such non-listed
SPV, subject to registration with SAFE or its local branch.
PRC residents or entities who have contributed
legitimate domestic or offshore interests or assets to SPVs but have yet to obtain SAFE registration before the implementation
of the Circular 37 shall register their ownership interests or control in such SPVs with SAFE or its local branch. An amendment
to the registration is required if there is a material change in the SPV registered, such as any change of basic information (including
change of such PRC residents, name and operation term), increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of
shares, or mergers or divisions. Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in Circular 37, or making misrepresentation
on or failure to disclose controllers of foreign-invested enterprise that is established through round-trip investment, may result
in restrictions on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant foreign-invested enterprises, including payment of dividends
and other distributions, such as proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation, to its offshore parent
or affiliate, and the capital inflow from the offshore parent, and may also subject relevant PRC residents or entities to penalties
under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations.
Regulations Relating to Employment
and Social Insurance
Pursuant to the PRC Labor Law effective
as of January 1, 1995 (as last amended on December 29, 2018), and the PRC Labor Contract Law effective as of January 1,
2008 (as amended on December 28, 2012), a written labor contract shall be executed by employer and an employee when the employment
relationship is established, and an employer is under an obligation to sign an unlimited-term labor contract with any employee
who has worked for the employer for ten consecutive years. Further, if an employee requests or agrees to renew a fixed-term labor
contract that has already been entered into twice consecutively, the resulting contract must have an unlimited term, with certain
exceptions. All employers are required to establish a system for labor safety and sanitation, strictly abide by state rules and
standards and provide employees with appropriate workplace safety training. Moreover, all PRC enterprises are generally required
to implement a standard working time system of eight hours a day and forty hours a week, and if the implementation of such standard
working time system is not appropriate due to the nature of the job or the characteristics of business operation, the enterprise
may implement a flexible working time system or comprehensive working time system after obtaining approvals from the relevant
authorities.
Pursuant to the Social Insurance Law of
China effective from July 1, 2011 (as last amended on December 29, 2018), and the Housing Fund Regulation which was amended and
became effective on March 24, 2002, employers in China shall pay contributions to the social insurance plan and the housing fund
plan for their employees, and such contribution amount payable shall be calculated based on the employee actual salary in accordance
with the relevant regulations.
Regulations Relating to Taxation
PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law
In January 2008, the PRC Enterprise Income
Tax Law, or the EIT Law, took effect (as last amended on December 29, 2018). The EIT Law applies a uniform 25% enterprise income
tax rate to both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises, except where tax incentives are granted to special industries
and projects. An enterprise established outside China with “de facto management bodies” within China is considered
a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise
income tax rate on its worldwide income. According to the EIT Law and its implementation regulations, certain high and new technology
enterprises which have proprietary intellectual property rights and simultaneously meet the prescribed requirements as stipulated
in the implementation regulations of the EIT Law and other relevant regulations are permitted to enjoy a reduced EIT rate of 15%.
Under the EIT Law and its implementation
regulations, dividends generated from the business of a PRC subsidiary after January 1, 2008 and payable to its foreign investor
may be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10% if the PRC tax authorities determine that the foreign investor is a non-resident
enterprise, unless there is a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential withholding tax rate. Distributions of earnings
generated before January 1, 2008 are exempt from PRC withholding tax.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law,
an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management bodies” within China is considered a “resident
enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate
on its worldwide income. The implementing regulations of the EIT Law define the term “de facto management bodies”
as a management body which substantially manages, or has control over the business, personnel, finance and assets of an enterprise.
On April 22, 2009, the State Administration of Taxation, or SAT issued the Circular on Issues Concerning the Identification of
Chinese-Controlled Overseas Registered Enterprises as Resident Enterprises in Accordance With the Actual Standards of Organizational
Management, or Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management bodies”
of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. However, there are no further detailed rules
or precedents governing the procedures and specific criteria for determining “de facto management body.”
PRC Value-Added Tax Law
Pursuant to the Interim Regulations on
Value-added Tax of China, or VAT Regulations which was promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993 and became effective
as of January 1, 1994 and further amended on November 5, 2008, February 6, 2016 and November 19, 2017, all units and individuals
engaging in the sale of goods, provision of processing, repair and fitting services, and importation of goods within the territory
of China are taxpayers of value-added tax (“VAT”), and shall pay VAT in accordance with the VAT Regulations. According
to the VAT Regulations, a VAT tax rate at 17% applies to the Chinese enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according
to the VAT Regulations and other relevant regulations.
Pursuant to the Circular on Comprehensively
Promoting the Pilot Program of the Collection of Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax jointly promulgated by the State Administration
of Taxation and the Ministry of Finance (“Circular 36”), the pilot program of the collection of VAT in lieu of business
tax shall be promoted nationwide in a comprehensive manner as of May 1, 2016. Entities and individuals engaged in sales of services,
intangible assets or real property within the territory of the PRC are value-added taxpayers, and shall pay VAT rather than business
tax. Any taxable activities of taxpayers shall be subject to a tax rate of 6%, except those taxpayers who provide services related
to transportation, postal services, basic telecommunications, construction, leasing of real property, sell any real property,
transfer any land use rights, leasing services of tangible personal property or any cross-board taxable activity.
Pursuant to the Circular of the Ministry
of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Adjusting Value-added Tax Rates which was promulgated by Ministry of Finance
and State Administration of Taxation on April 4, 2018 and became effective on May 1, 2018, for the purpose of improving the value-added
tax system, adjustments to relevant policies on VAT rates are notified. Where a taxpayer engages in a taxable sales activity for
the VAT purpose or imports goods, the previous applicable 17% and 11% tax rates are adjusted to be 16% and 10%, respectively.
4C. Organizational Structure
The following chart reflects our organizational
structure as of the date of this report. For descriptions of our subsidiaries and variable interest entity, please see “4A.
History and Development of the Company.”
4D. Property, Plants and Equipment
Under PRC law, land is owned by the state.
“Land use rights” are granted to an individual or entity after payment of a land use right fee is made to the applicable
state or rural collective economic organization. Land use rights allow the holder the right to use the land for a specified long-term
period. We do not currently own any real estate or land use rights. For descriptions of our leased properties, please see “Item
4B. Business Overview – Facilities.”
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not Applicable
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion
and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to those financial statements
and other financial data that appear elsewhere in this annual report. In addition to historical information, the following discussion
contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the
timing of certain events may differ significantly from those projected in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors,
including those set forth in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. Our consolidated financial statements are
prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP.
5A. Operating Results
Business Overview
We are a holding company
incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Through our subsidiaries and variable interest entity, we provide online
exam preparation services and related technology solutions and produce online training course materials in China and have been
in operation for nearly 20 years. We develop our own online education materials that are offered through the cloud and that can
be used for a wide range of purposes, such as standard examination preparation, professional training and interactive programs
for educational purposes other than exam preparation. We also produce thousands of online classes. Our services not only include
development of online education platforms and online course materials but also include comprehensive cloud service for online education
and exam preparation training. The bulk of our operations is conducted via our wholly owned subsidiaries, primarily Beijing Huaxia
Dadi Distance Learning Services Co., Ltd. while the rest of our business operations, including certain portions of our B2C services
and technology services, are conducted through our variable interest entity Beijing Huaxia Dadi Digital Information Technology
Co., Ltd. We do not directly own the businesses or assets in the PRC that are operated by our variable interest entity, including
our PRC internet content license.
In fiscal year 2020, we increased our efforts
in expanding our business and services of online education. We successfully developed Vocational Education 1+X and Higher Vocational
Enrollment Expansion Teaching and Educational Administration Platform, Huafu E-School System and Paperless Examination Platform.
These platforms and system enable us to provide more courses, attract more customers and cooperate with more education institutions.
On the other hand, As we switched our business focus to online education service, we do not plan to make great efforts on our technological
development and maintenance business in the near future since most of the technological development services are one-off, and the
subsequent maintenance service does not generate significant revenue.
Impact of COVID-19 on Our Business
In January 2020, the WHO declared a
global public health emergency as the novel coronavirus outbreak, later known as the COVID-19 pandemic, which has continued
to spread beyond China. In compliance with the government health emergency rules in place, we temporarily closed our offices
in China on January 24, 2020 and all the staff were back to office on March 2, 2020. Because our main business is
online education, our staff was able to work from home from January 24 to March 2, 2020. Our online platforms kept
running during that period. However, due to the change of examination schedule and school closures in China, our revenue declined temporily and our financial results adversely impacted in the short term.
During the COVID-19 pandemic, in
response to the call of the Ministry of Education’s “Suspension of classes and no suspension of school”,
the Company made full use of the advantages of “Internet+ education”. We opened more than 200 online courses to
medical staff and their families who fought on the forefront during the pandemic, and we believe that we established a good
reputation. We speeded up the iterative update of our products and services and improved the capacity of the e-learning
platform to meet the growing demand during the pandemic.
Our business data shows, during the
period from January to July 2020, our online platforms provided approximately 1.2 million courses to users comparing to 0.5
million in the same period of 2019. The increase of courses provided was mainly due to the growing demand for remote learning
during the pandemic, and our promotion of our new platform (Vocational Education 1+X and Higher Vocational Enrollment
Expansion Teaching and Educational Administration Platform).
For technological development and
operation service, there was no material new contract signed in January to July 2020. We still have several ongoing
development and maintenance contracts. Based on our current business strategy, we will focus on the business growth in
online education services. We expect our technological and development and operation service revenue to decrease. Because technological development and operation service revenue only accounted for 4.7% of our total revenue in
fiscal year 2020, we believe the decrease will not materially affect our revenue going forward. Due to the unpredictability
of the revenue generated from technological development services, we expect to shift our focus to online education in the
near future.
Based on the current situation, in
the short run, our educational institution customers might delay their payment as many universities did not open for the
spring semester. Our revenue may also be impacted by the postponed self-study examinations. However, we do not expect a
significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and financial results in a long run. Our goal is to strengthen
our position as a leading provider of online self-taught courses in the PRC. Due to the impact of the COVID-19, the daily
offline education and teaching activities of colleges and universities across the country were suspended due to
government’s regulation. Online education became more important and attractive for users. With over 20 years
operating experience in the online education industry and our own platform and technology, we will continue to
reinforce our success and leading market position in the online self-taught education industry in the PRC and differentiate
ourselves from our competitors.
Factors Affecting Our Results
of Operations
We have benefited significantly
from the following recent trends in the China educational and career enhancement services market and we anticipate that the demand
for online education will continue to grow:
Increasing Internet
and broadband penetration rates in China - We have benefited from the rapid improvement of internet and broadband connectivity
in China, which have increased the accessibility of online education courses as an effective and convenient way for people to meet
their educational and career development needs.
Increasing awareness
of the importance of higher and professional education - We believe people in China are increasingly willing to invest
in higher and professional education as it may lead to better career opportunities and enhanced earning power. We also believe
that the market for post- secondary education and career enhancement services in China is expected to grow due to demand from various
sources, including demand from employers for well-trained professionals, demand from an increasing number of high school and university
graduates seeking employment that requires practical skills and professional certifications, and demand from working professionals
who wish to further achieve their career and salary advancement potential.
Need
to differentiate oneself from peers - Each step of academic advancement requires an individual to differentiate oneself.
Despite China’s rapid economic growth, university students in China are experiencing difficulties in finding an ideal job
that meets their salary and personal growth expectations upon graduation. According to the 2017 Chinese College Graduates’
Employment Annual Report by MyCOS Research, only about 65% of college graduates were satisfied with their jobs. We believe
that, in this highly competitive job market, many students may choose to enhance their core skill sets by taking additional training
courses or obtaining a second degree to differentiate themselves from their peers in order to get a better job. This may increase
demand for our services and products.
While our business is influenced
by factors affecting the education and career enhancement industries in China generally and by conditions in each of the geographic
markets we serve within China, we believe our business is more directly affected by company-specific factors, including, among
others:
Number of enrollments
in our courses - Our ability to generate and grow our revenues is primarily affected by our ability to increase the number
of course enrollments. This in turn is driven by several factors, including government and industry requirements for education
in various professions, recognition of our brand and services, Internet and broadband connectivity rate, and the perceived effectiveness
of our education courses.
Fees for our courses
- Our revenue is also affected by the amount of fees we charge for our courses, which depends on the overall demand, the
prices and availability of competing courses, and the perception of the quality and effectiveness of our courses. We may also experience
pricing pressure as we expand our course offerings into new areas, or new service within existing areas that we cover, in an effort
to attract new course participants.
Our ability to expand
the range of courses and other services - Our ability to address market needs by expanding the range of our course offerings
and other services has a direct impact on our ability to maintain growth in our course enrollments. Diversifying our sources of
revenues also helps protect us from potential reduced course enrollment due to down-turns in certain industries or professions.
To date, we have provided not only diversified online education courses, such as courses of laws, mathematics, accounting, nursing
to participants, but also technological development and operation services to other educational organizations such as universities.
In the future, we will continue to expand our course offerings in other areas to diversify and further grow our revenues.
Our ability to maintain
and expand cooperation with universities and colleges - our ability to maintain and expand our customer base will have
a material impact on our operations. A majority of our revenue is derived from our cooperation with universities and colleges.
We have entered into agreements with more than 100 universities and colleges to provide online education services or technological
services and expect to keep expanding our customer base in the near future. If we fail to maintain or further expand our customer
base, our results of operations will be adversely affected.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth the key components
of our results of operations for the periods indicated, in dollars and as a percentage of revenue.
|
|
2020
|
|
|
% of Revenue
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
% of Revenue
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
% of Revenue
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
5,637,370
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,358,023
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,967,896
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of revenue and business and sales related tax
|
|
|
3,386,965
|
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
2,854,379
|
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
|
|
2,229,496
|
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
2,250,405
|
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
2,503,644
|
|
|
|
47
|
%
|
|
|
3,738,400
|
|
|
|
63
|
%
|
Selling expenses
|
|
|
1,314,403
|
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
1,441,165
|
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
|
|
1,084,599
|
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
2,507,186
|
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
2,301,070
|
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
1,581,307
|
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(1,571,184
|
)
|
|
|
-28
|
%
|
|
|
(1,238,591
|
)
|
|
|
-23
|
%
|
|
|
1,072,494
|
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
135,359
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
126,663
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
177,723
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
Gain from investments in unconsolidated entities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
56,421
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
Other income (expenses)
|
|
|
7,236
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
(3,403
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
(11,138
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Income (loss) before income tax provision
|
|
|
(1,428,589
|
)
|
|
|
-25
|
%
|
|
|
(1,115,331
|
)
|
|
|
-21
|
%
|
|
|
1,295,500
|
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
212,498
|
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
(96,804
|
)
|
|
|
-2
|
%
|
|
|
92,023
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,641,087
|
)
|
|
|
-29
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1,018,527
|
)
|
|
|
-19
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,203,477
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Other comprehensive income (loss): foreign currency translation gain (loss)
|
|
|
(351,286
|
)
|
|
|
-6
|
%
|
|
|
(522,250
|
)
|
|
|
-10
|
%
|
|
|
676,673
|
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest
|
|
|
23,187
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
(71,411
|
)
|
|
|
-1
|
%
|
|
|
74,680
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Wah Fu Education Group Ltd.
|
|
$
|
(2,015,560
|
)
|
|
|
-36
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1,469,366
|
)
|
|
|
-27
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,805,470
|
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
Results of Operations for the years ended March
31, 2020 and 2019
Revenues
We derive revenues from
online education services and technological development and operation services. Our net revenues are presented net of PRC business
tax and related surcharges, as well as value-added taxes. The following table sets forth a breakdown of our total revenues for
the periods indicated:
|
|
For
the year ended March 31,
|
|
|
Variance
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
Online
education services
|
|
$
|
5,370,700
|
|
|
|
95.27
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,185,596
|
|
|
|
78.12
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,185,104
|
|
|
|
28.31
|
%
|
Technological
development and operation service
|
|
|
266,670
|
|
|
|
4.73
|
%
|
|
|
1,172,427
|
|
|
|
21.88
|
%
|
|
|
(905,757
|
)
|
|
|
(77.25
|
)%
|
Total
Amount
|
|
$
|
5,637,370
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,358,023
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
279,347
|
|
|
|
5.21
|
%
|
We derive most of our revenues
from online education services, through our B2B2C services and B2C services. For B2B2C service, we provide online education platforms
to institutions, such as universities and training institutions. For B2C service, we provide online training and examination preparation
services directly to students for a fee. Our online education services mainly consist of courses designed for self-taught learners
pursuing higher education degrees, including laws, mathematics, accounting, nursing, administration management and others. In addition,
we provided continuing education, professional development and general interest courses to students, such as information technology,
accounting and language courses.
Since we provide our B2B2C service mainly through universities
and educational institutions for the higher education degrees, our service period is directly related to school years and the examination
periods. Each province organizes its own self-taught higher education exams, usually two to four times a year, which will impact
the number of course participants and the number of courses we provide.
On the other hand, our B2C service is not impacted by school
years and examination periods as much, because the courses we provide are more diverse and not degree oriented.
We
also provide technological development and operation services, such as information technology system design and monitoring, daily
system support, cloud platform development and other related services.
For the years ended March 31, 2020
and 2019, revenue derived from online education services was $5,370,700 and $4,185,596, respectively, which represented an
increase of $1,185,104 or 28.31%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the revenue from B2B2C and the number of
B2B2C courses. In fiscal year 2019, several provinces cancelled one examination, thus the number of courses provided for
self-study deceased which led to the decrease in revenue. The number of self-study examinations changed back to two to four
times a year in fiscal 2020. As such, the courses provided for self-study increased which led to an increase of revenue.
For the years ended March 31, 2020
and 2019, revenue from technological development and operation services was $266,670 and $1,172,427, respectively,
representing an decrease of $905,757 or 77.25%. We worked with World Publishing (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., one of our major
customers, since November 2017. In September 2018, we have finished one software system development contract for them, while
no such services were provided in fiscal 2020. Thus the technological development and operation services decreased
significantly in fiscal year 2020.
Cost of Revenue
The following table sets forth
the breakdown of the Company’s cost of revenue for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively:
|
|
For the year ended March 31,
|
|
|
Variance
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
Online education services
|
|
$
|
2,982,268
|
|
|
|
88.05
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,388,799
|
|
|
|
83.69
|
%
|
|
$
|
593,469
|
|
|
|
24.84
|
%
|
Technological development and operation service
|
|
|
364,320
|
|
|
|
10.76
|
%
|
|
|
427,532
|
|
|
|
14.98
|
%
|
|
|
(63,212
|
)
|
|
|
(14.79
|
)%
|
Business and sales related tax
|
|
|
40,377
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
%
|
|
|
38,048
|
|
|
|
1.33
|
%
|
|
|
2,329
|
|
|
|
6.12
|
%
|
Total Amount
|
|
$
|
3,386,965
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,854,379
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
532,586
|
|
|
|
18.66
|
%
|
Cost of revenue accounted for 60% and 53% of our net revenues
in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Cost of revenue mainly comprised of salaries and related expenses
for our teaching support, course and content development, website maintenance and information technology engineers and other employees,
fees paid to our course lecturers, depreciation and amortization expenses, server relocation and bandwidth leasing fees paid to
third-party providers and other miscellaneous expenses.
For the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, cost of revenue
from online education services was $2,982,268 and $2,388,799, respectively, representing an increase of $593,469 or 24.84%. The
increase in cost of revenue of online education services was primarily attributable to the increased payroll expenses. During fiscal
year 2020, in order to develop new courses to expand our market and customer base, we increased the number of employees focusing
on course development.
For the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, cost of revenue
from technological development and operation service was $364,320 and $427,532, respectively. The revenue from technological development
and operation services decreased by $905,757, but the number of employees in technology and development department did not decrease
proportionately. As we switched our business focus to online education service, we might further adjust our employee structure
and transfer technical employees to develop and maintain our self-used platforms to reduce cost of revenue from technical development
and operation service.
Gross Profit
The following table sets forth the breakdown of the
Company’s gross profit for the years ended March 31, 20120 and 2019, respectively:
|
|
For the year ended March 31,
|
|
|
Variance
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
Online education services
|
|
$
|
2,349,965
|
|
|
|
104.42
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,767,074
|
|
|
|
70.58
|
%
|
|
$
|
582,891
|
|
|
|
32.99
|
%
|
Technological development and operation service
|
|
|
(99,560
|
)
|
|
|
(4.42
|
)%
|
|
|
736,570
|
|
|
|
29.42
|
%
|
|
|
(836,130
|
)
|
|
|
(113.52
|
)%
|
Total Amount
|
|
$
|
2,250,405
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,503,644
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
(253,239
|
)
|
|
|
(10.11
|
)%
|
Gross profit from online education services increased by $582,891
or 32.99% for the year ended March 31, 2020 as compared to the same period of 2019. The increase in gross profit of online education
services was primarily due to the increase in revenue.
Gross
profit from technological development and operation services decreased by $836,130 or 113.52% for the year ended March 31, 2020
as compared to the same period of 2019. The decreased margin of technological development and operation services was mainly attributable
to the decrease in revenue, while cost of revenue remained relatively stable, as discussed above.
Expenses
The following table sets forth
the breakdown of our operating expenses for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively:
|
|
For the year ended March 31,
|
|
|
Variance
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
Selling expenses
|
|
$
|
1,314,403
|
|
|
|
34.39
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,441,165
|
|
|
|
38.51
|
%
|
|
$
|
(126,762
|
)
|
|
|
(8.80
|
)%
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
2,507,186
|
|
|
|
65.61
|
%
|
|
|
2,301,070
|
|
|
|
61.49
|
%
|
|
|
206,116
|
|
|
|
8.96
|
%
|
Total Amount
|
|
$
|
3,821,589
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,742,235
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
79,354
|
|
|
|
2.12
|
%
|
Selling expenses primarily consist of
salaries and related expenses of our sales team, sales commissions, and advertising and promotion expenses. Our selling expenses
decreased by 8.8% to $1.31million in fiscal year 2020 from $1.44 million in fiscal year 2019. The decrease was mainly due to that
in fiscal year 2020, we terminated our cooperation with certain marketing agencies, who used to promote our services. We are exploring
other marketing approach as we are adjusting to the post COVID-19 online learning market and business environment.
General and Administrative Expenses
For the year ended March 31,
2020, our general and administrative expenses were $2,507,186, representing an increase of $206,116 or 8.96%, as compared to the
same period of 2019. The increase was mainly due to the impairment loss. For the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, impairment
loss was $261,574 and $76,425 respectively. Due to the continual losses of investment unconsolidated companies, Digital accrued
for $118,024 impairment loss for the investment in Beijing Tianyuebowen and $143,550 impairment loss for the investment in Zhongtai
in fiscal year 2020.
Interest Income, net
Interest income is primarily generated from our cash deposits
in the banks and interest from loans to third parties and related parties. For the year ended March 31, 2020, interest income was
$135,359 as compared to interest income of $126,663 in the same period of 2019. The increase in interest income was primarily due
to the increase in the principal amount of loans to a related party.
Provision (Benefit)
for Income Taxes
The Company’s income tax provision
was $212,498 in fiscal year 2020 while benefit for income tax was $96,804 in fiscal year 2019 as a result of an increased
current income tax of $0.1 million and a decreased deferred income tax benefit of $0.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2020
compared to fiscal 2019. The increase in current income tax is mainly due to the increased taxable income of Hunan Huafu and Huaxa
Muke. The decrease in deferred income tax benefit is primarily due to the decrease of net operating loss (“NOL”) carry-forwards
of Digital Information.
Net loss
Our net loss was $1,641,087
and $1,018,527 for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These are mainly due to the decrease of gross profit
by $253,239, and the increase of general and administrative expenses by $206,116, as discussed above.
Comprehensive income
(loss)
The foreign currency translation gain or loss resulting from
translation of the financial statements expressed in RMB to USD is reported in other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The comprehensive loss attributable to Wah Fu were $2,015,560 and $1,469,366
for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The change was mainly due to the increased net loss partially offset
by decreased foreign currency translation loss in fiscal year 2020 when comparing with fiscal year 2019.
Working Capital
The following table provides the information about our working
capital at March 31, 2020 and 2019:
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
March 31,
2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets
|
|
$
|
10,250,785
|
|
|
$
|
6,837,869
|
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
2,904,555
|
|
|
|
1,784,951
|
|
Working Capital
|
|
$
|
7,346,230
|
|
|
$
|
5,052,918
|
|
Working capital increased
by $2,293,312 or 45.39 % from March 31, 2019 to March 31, 2020. Our working capital requirements are influenced by the level of
our operations, the quantity and amount of our sales contracts, the progress of execution on our customer contracts, and the timing
of accounts receivable collections.
Capital Commitments
and Contingencies
Capital commitments refer
to the allocation of funds for a possible liability in the near future arising out of capital expenditures. Contingency refers
to a condition that arises from past transactions or events, the outcome of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence
of uncertain futures events.
As of March 31, 2020 and 2019,
we had no material capital commitments or contingent liabilities.
Cash Flows
The following table provides
detailed information about our net cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.
|
|
For the years ended
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
937,518
|
|
|
$
|
(513,310
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(2,619,099
|
)
|
|
|
7,370
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
4,851,193
|
|
|
|
11,724
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
(263,439
|
)
|
|
|
(301,021
|
)
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
|
|
|
2,906,173
|
|
|
|
(795,237
|
)
|
Cash, beginning of the year
|
|
|
3,927,718
|
|
|
|
4,722,955
|
|
Cash, end of the year
|
|
$
|
6,833,891
|
|
|
$
|
3,927,718
|
|
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended
March 31, 2020 was $0.9 million. Net loss for fiscal year was $1.6 million, including $0.3 million of impairment loss, $0.2 million
non-cash lease expense and $0.2 million depreciation and amortization. Account receivable decreased by $1.2 million since the Company
collected aged AR from its customers. Deferred revenue increased by $1.0 million, because we now provide longer service period
for some B2B2C service, from one month to six months. This caused us to recognize revenue over a longer period. In addition,
some institutions now request students to pay the Company directly, instead of collecting from the students and then settle with
the Company. This has accelerated the Company’s collection of advance payment.
Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended
March 31, 2019 was $0.5 million, mainly consisting of net loss of $1.0 million, changes in provision of doubtful accounts of $0.4
million, changes in depreciation and amortization of $0.1 million. Deferred tax benefit increased by $0.1 million due to deferred
tax assets recognized for Distance Learning in current year. Accounts receivable decreased by $0.2 million. Deferred offering cost
increased by $0.3 million because the company paid more legal, underwriting and registration costs in connection with the Initial
Public Offering (the “IPO”) of the Company’s ordinary shares that closed in April 2019. This was offset by the
increase of deferred revenue of $0.3 million, the increase of other payable of $0.2 million, and the increase of accrued expenses
and other liabilities of $0.1 million.
Investing Activities
For the year ended March 31, 2020, net cash used in investing
activities amounted to $2.6 million as compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $0.01 million for the same period
of 2019. This change was mainly due to the payments made for loans to a related party of $2.5 million.
Financing Activities
For the year ended March 31, 2020,
net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $4.9 million as compared to net cash provided by financing activities
of $0.01 million for the same period of 2019. This change was mainly due to the net proceeds received from initial public
offering (“IPO”) of $4.8 million.
Results of Operations for the years ended March
31, 2019 and 2018
Revenues
We derive revenues from
online education services and technological development and operation services. Our net revenues are presented net of PRC business
tax and related surcharges, as well as value-added taxes. The following table sets forth a breakdown of our total revenues for
the periods indicated:
|
|
For the year ended March 31,
|
|
|
Variance
|
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
Online education services
|
|
$
|
4,185,596
|
|
|
|
78.12
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,022,085
|
|
|
|
84.15
|
%
|
|
$
|
(836,489
|
)
|
|
|
(16.66
|
)%
|
Technological development and operation services
|
|
|
1,172,427
|
|
|
|
21.88
|
%
|
|
|
945,811
|
|
|
|
15.85
|
%
|
|
|
226,616
|
|
|
|
23.96
|
%
|
Total Amount
|
|
$
|
5,358,023
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,967,896
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
(609,873
|
)
|
|
|
(10.22
|
)%
|
We derive most of our revenues from online
education services. Our online education services mainly consist of courses designed for self-taught learners pursuing higher education
degrees, including laws, mathematics, accounting, nursing, administration management and others. In addition, we provided continuing
education and professional development courses to students, such as information technology, accounting and language courses.
To enroll in our courses, course participants
may choose to purchase pre-paid study cards from our distributors or to pay us through bank transfers, online payments with credit
cards and debit cards issued by major banks in China, and through third-party online payment platforms such as Alipay and WeChat
Pay.
We also provide technological development
and operation services, such as information technology system design and monitoring, daily system support, cloud platform development
and other related services.
For the years ended March 31, 2019 and
2018, revenue derived from online education services was $4,185,596 and $5,022,085, respectively, which represented a decrease
of $836,489 or 16.66%. The decrease was primarily due to the revenue from B2B2C and the number of B2B2C courses decreased. The
main reason for a decreased number of B2B2C courses was that, in certain provinces, due to the implementation of local policies,
certain provinces reduced the number of self-study examinations from three or four times a year to twice or only once a year, at
the same time the duration of each self-study examination has been reduced to two days, which results in a less number of subjects
that could be taken by each self- study student. During this year, several provinces canceled once examination, thus the number
of courses provided for self-study deceased which lead to the decrease in revenue. The number of self-study examinations changed
back to three or four times a year subsequent to March 31, 2019. As such, we expect the courses provided for self-study will increase
subsequently.
For the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, revenue from technological
development and operation services was $1,172,427 and $945,811, respectively, representing an increase of $226,616 or 23.96%. The
increase was mainly attributable to our cooperation with a client, World Publishing (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.. We have been working
with World Publishing (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. since November 2017. In September 2018, we finished one software system development
contract for them which attributed $0.5 million for our technological development revenue.
Moreover, the decrease in revenue was due
to the devaluation of RMB against USD. The average translation rates for the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 were at $1 to
6.7116 RMB and at $1 to 6.6269 RMB, respectively, which represented a decrease of 1.26%.
Cost of Revenue
The following table sets forth the breakdown
of the Company’s cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively:
|
|
For the year ended March 31,
|
|
|
Variance
|
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
Online education services
|
|
$
|
2,388,799
|
|
|
|
83.69
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,788,288
|
|
|
|
80.21
|
%
|
|
$
|
600,511
|
|
|
|
33.58
|
%
|
Technological development and operation service
|
|
|
427,532
|
|
|
|
14.98
|
%
|
|
|
414,080
|
|
|
|
18.57
|
%
|
|
|
13,452
|
|
|
|
3.25
|
%
|
Business and sales related tax
|
|
|
38,048
|
|
|
|
1.33
|
%
|
|
|
27,128
|
|
|
|
1.22
|
%
|
|
|
10,920
|
|
|
|
40.25
|
%
|
Total Amount
|
|
$
|
2,854,379
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,229,496
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
624,883
|
|
|
|
28.03
|
%
|
Cost of revenue accounted for 53.3% and
37.4% of our net revenues in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Cost of revenue is mainly composed of
salaries and related expenses for our teaching support, course and content development, website maintenance and information technology
engineers and other employees, fees paid to our course lecturers, depreciation and amortization expenses, server relocation and
bandwidth leasing fees paid to third-party providers and other miscellaneous expenses.
For the years ended March 31, 2019 and
2018, cost of revenue from online education services was $2,388,799 and $1,788,288, respectively, representing an increase of $600,511
or 33.58%. The increase in cost of revenue of online education services was primarily attributable to the increased payroll expenses.
During fiscal year 2019, in order to develop new courses and expand our market, we increased the number of employees focusing on
course development.
For the years ended March 31, 2019 and
2018, cost of revenue from technological development and services was $427,532 and $414,080, respectively. This was mainly due
to that the number of employees in technology and development department increased by 9 for the year ended March 31, 2019. We hired
more employees for technology and development department to improve the ability of research and development, which we expect will
not only improve the revenue in this period but will also attract more potential customers in the future. Cost of revenue from
technological development and operation services increased in line with the increased revenue.
Gross Profit
The following table sets forth the breakdown
of the Company’s gross profit for the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively:
|
|
For the year ended March 31,
|
|
|
Variance
|
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
Online education services
|
|
$
|
1,767,074
|
|
|
|
70.58
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,210,968
|
|
|
|
85.89
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1,443,894
|
)
|
|
|
(44.97
|
)%
|
Technological development and operation services
|
|
|
736,570
|
|
|
|
29.42
|
%
|
|
|
527,432
|
|
|
|
14.11
|
%
|
|
|
209,138
|
|
|
|
39.65
|
%
|
Total Amount
|
|
$
|
2,503,644
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,738,400
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1,234,756
|
)
|
|
|
(33.03
|
)%
|
Gross profit from online education services
decreased by $1,443,894 or 44.97% for the year ended March 31, 2019 as compared to the same period of 2018. The decrease in gross
profit of online education services was primarily due to the decrease in revenue and the increase in cost of revenue, as discussed
above.
Gross profit from technological development
and operation services increased by $209,138 or 39.65% for the year ended March 31, 2019 as compared to the same period of 2018.
The increased margin of technological development and operation services was mainly attributable to the increase in revenue, and
cost of revenue keep stable, as discussed above.
Expenses
The following table sets forth the breakdown
of our operating expenses for the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively:
|
|
For the year ended March 31,
|
|
|
Variance
|
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
Selling expenses
|
|
$
|
1,441,165
|
|
|
|
38.51
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,084,599
|
|
|
|
40.68
|
%
|
|
$
|
356,566
|
|
|
|
32.88
|
%
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
2,301,070
|
|
|
|
61.49
|
%
|
|
|
1,581,307
|
|
|
|
59.32
|
%
|
|
|
719,763
|
|
|
|
45.52
|
%
|
Total Amount
|
|
$
|
3,742,235
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,665,906
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,076,329
|
|
|
|
40.37
|
%
|
Selling Expenses
Selling expenses primarily consist of salaries
and related expenses of our sales team, sales commissions, advertising and promotion expenses. Our selling expenses increased by
32.88% to $1.44 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 from $1.08 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018. This
increase was primarily due to the increased salaries for our sales department, as the number of employees in sales department increased
by 18 or 138.5% for the year ended March 31, 2019 compared to the same period of 2018, from 13 to 31. The increase was also due
to selling expenses for our newly formed subsidiaries Fuzhou Huafu, Liaoning Huafu and Huafu Silu in connection with the expansion
of our sales in Fujian and Liaoning provinces in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019. We expect that our selling expenses to further
increase as we expand to other areas of China.
General and Administrative Expenses
For the year ended March 31, 2019, our
general and administrative expenses were $2,301,070, representing an increase of $719,763 or 45.52%, as compared to the same period
of 2018. The increase was mainly due to the $0.4 million in payroll expenses for employees of new subsidiaries Liaoning Huafu,
Fuzhou Huafu and Huafu Silu in fiscal year 2019. The company set up new subsidiaries in more provinces to develop new services
and entering new commercial markets. Since the new subsidiaries are still under the start-up stage, they are generating general
and administrative expense but not much revenue. Bad debt provision increased by $0.4 million, because of bad debt allowance based
on the Company’s policy. The increase of payroll expenses and bad debt provision was partially offset by the $0.2 million
decrease of professional fees, such as consulting fees and attorney fees etc.
Interest Income, net
Interest income is primarily generated
from our cash deposits in the banks and interest from short-term loans to third parties. For the year ended March 31, 2019, interest
income was $126,663 as compared to interest income of $177,723 in the same period of 2018. The decrease in net interest income
was primarily due to the decrease in the amount of loans lent to third parties.
Provision (Benefit) for Income
Taxes
The Company’s benefit for income
tax was $96,804 in fiscal year 2019 while income tax provision was $92,023 in fiscal year 2018. The increase in deferred income
tax benefit is primarily attributable to the increased allowance for doubtful accounts of Distance Learning and net operating loss
(“NOL”) carry-forwards of Digital Information, which are deductible temporary differences can be deducted from future
taxable income. According to Chinese tax regulations, NOL can be carried forward to offset taxable income for five years, management
is confident that it is more likely than not that the recognized NOL will be realized through future taxable income. The NOL previously
recognized was mostly from Digital Information, Digital Information has made a profit from operating since fiscal year 2019. We
expect Digital Information will continue to make a profit in the future, therefore we will be able to utilize the NOL.
Net income (loss)
Our net loss was $1,018,527 for the year
ended March 31, 2019 and a net income of $1,203,477 for the year ended March 31, 2018.These are mainly due to the decrease of revenue
and operating expenses for the year ended March 31, 2019 as discussed above.
Comprehensive income (loss)
The foreign currency translation gain or
loss resulting from translation of the financial statements expressed in RMB to USD is reported in other comprehensive income (loss)
in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The comprehensive loss attributable to Wah Fu was $1,469,366
for the year ended March 31, 2019 and an income of $1,805,470 for the year ended March 31, 2018. The change was mainly due to the
net loss of $1,018,527 and foreign currency translation loss of $522,250 in fiscal year 2019 when it was net income and foreign
currency translation income in fiscal year 2018.
Working Capital
The following table provides the information
about our working capital at March 31, 2019 and 2018:
|
|
As
of
March 31,
2019
|
|
|
As
of
March 31,
2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets
|
|
$
|
6,837,869
|
|
|
$
|
7,715,377
|
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
1,784,951
|
|
|
|
1,434,391
|
|
Working Capital
|
|
$
|
5,052,918
|
|
|
$
|
6,280,986
|
|
The working capital decreased by $1,228,068
or 19.55% from March 31, 2018 to March 31, 2019. Our working capital requirements are influenced by the level of our operations,
the numerical and dollar volume of our sales contracts, the progress of execution on our customer contracts, and the timing of
accounts receivable collections.
Capital Commitments and Contingencies
Capital commitments refer to the allocation
of funds for a possible liability in the near future arising out of capital expenditures. Contingency refers to a condition that
arises from past transactions or events, the outcome of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of uncertain
futures events.
As of March 31, 2019 and 2018, we had no
material capital commitments or contingent liabilities.
Cash Flows
The following table provides detailed information
about our net cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018.
|
|
For the years ended
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
$
|
(513,310
|
)
|
|
$
|
(441,647
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
7,370
|
|
|
|
(1,257,949
|
)
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
11,724
|
|
|
|
351,334
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
(301,021
|
)
|
|
|
470,449
|
|
Net decrease in cash
|
|
|
(795,237
|
)
|
|
|
(877,813
|
)
|
Cash, beginning of the year
|
|
|
4,722,955
|
|
|
|
5,600,768
|
|
Cash, end of the year
|
|
$
|
3,927,718
|
|
|
$
|
4,722,955
|
|
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities during
the year ended March 31, 2019 was $0.5 million, mainly consisting of net loss of $1.0 million, changes in provision of doubtful
accounts of $0.4 million, changes in depreciation and amortization of $0.1 million. Deferred tax benefit increased by $0.1 million
due to deferred tax assets recognized for Distance Learning in current year. Accounts receivable decreased by $0.2 million since
the Company accrued more provisions for doubtful accounts according to the bad debt policy. Deferred offering cost increased by
$0.3 million because the company paid more legal, underwriting and registration costs in connection with the Initial Public Offering
(the “IPO”) of the Company’s ordinary shares that closed in April 2019. This was offset by the increase of deferred
revenue of $0.3 million, the increase of other payable of $0.2 million, and the increase of accrued expenses and other liabilities
of $0.1 million.
Net cash used in operating activities during
the year ended March 31, 2018 was $0.4 million, consisted of net income of $1.2 million, provision of doubtful accounts of $0.1
million as reconciled and net changes in our operating assets and liabilities, which mainly included an increase in accounts receivable
of $1.4 million and other current assets including deferred offering cost and advances to supplies of $0.3 million, a decrease
in deferred revenue of $0.2 million.
Investing Activities
For the year ended March 31, 2019, net
cash provided by investing activities amounted to $0.01 million as compared to net cash used in investing activities of $1.3 million
for the same period of 2018. The decrease was primarily due to the decrease in purchases of property and equipment of $0.2 million
and decrease in payments made for loans to third parties of $0.9 million, and increase of proceeds from loans to third parties
of $0.2 million during the year ended March 31, 2019.
Financing Activities
For the year ended March 31, 2019, net
cash provided by financing activities amounted to $11,724 as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $351,334
for the same period of 2018. The decrease of $339,610 in net cash provided by financing activities was mainly due to a decrease
of $0.4 million in due to related parties during the year ended March 31, 2019.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements. These financial statements are prepared
in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
our assets and liabilities and revenues and expenses, to disclose contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the consolidated
financial statements, and to disclose the reported amounts of revenues and expenses incurred during the financial reporting period.
We continue to evaluate these estimates and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since the use
of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates as a
result of changes in our estimates.
An accounting policy is considered critical
if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time such
estimate is made, and if different accounting estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates
that are reasonably likely to occur, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following
accounting policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and require us to make significant
accounting estimates. The following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates should be read in conjunction
with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this prospectus.
Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable are recognized and
carried at original invoiced amount less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts. We usually grant credit to customers
with good credit standing with a maximum of 90 days. As China's online education market is intensely competitive in recent years,
in order to retain existing and attract new universities, educational institutions and technological service customers to capture
additional market share, we extend more credit sales with longer credit terms to certain customers which have a well-established
business relationship with the Company for more than five years, such as the B2B2C customers, Jiangxi University of Finance and
Economics, Jiangxi University of Science and Technology, Xinyu University, Nanchang University and the technological service customer,
World Publishing (Shanghai) Co., Ltd..
As of March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, the accounts receivable
derived from the B2B2C services were $0.54 million and $0.52 million respectively, and the accounts receivable derived from technological
development and operation services were nil and $1.26 million respectively. There were no accounts receivable derived from the
B2C services. As of March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, Nil and $1.24 million, respectively, of accounts receivable were due from
customers accounting for 10% or more of total outstanding receivables and/or 10% or more of total revenues.
We determine the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts
based on individual account analysis and historical collections. We establish a provision for doubtful receivables when there is
objective evidence that we may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates
of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded
against accounts receivable balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive
income (loss). Actual amounts received may differ from management’s estimate of credit worthiness and the economic environment.
Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the
likelihood of collection is not probable. As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, the allowances for doubtful accounts were $511,037 and
$610,816, respectively.
As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, accounts receivable aging more
than 3 months and less than 12 months were $294,343 and $1,069,340 respectively, accounts receivable aging more than 12 months
were $108 and $413,429, respectively.
Investments in unconsolidated
entities
Our investments in unconsolidated entities
consist of equity method investments and equity investments without readily determinable fair value.
We follow ASC Topic 321, Investments Equity
Securities (“ASC 321”) to account for investments that do not have readily determinable fair value and over which the
Company does not have significant influence. We use the measurement alternative to measure those investments at cost, less any
impairment, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments
of the same issuer, if any.
For an investee over which the Company
has the ability to exercise significant influence, but does not own a controlling interest, we account for that investment using
the equity method. Significant influence is generally considered to exist when hawse have an ownership interest in the voting stock
of the investee between 20% and 50%. Other factors, such as representation on the investee’s board of directors, voting rights
and the impact of commercial arrangements, are also considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate.
An impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of the
investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than temporary. The Company recorded impairment
loss of $261,574, $76,425 and nil on its equity investments during the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Revenue recognition
We previously recognized revenue when the
following four criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the service has been rendered, (iii) the
fees are fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.
On April 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting
Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (FASB ASC Topic 606) (“ASC 606”)
using the modified retrospective method under which cumulative effects are recognized at the date of the initial application of
ASC 606. With the adoption of ASC 606, revenue is recognized when all of the following five steps are met: (i) identify the contract(s)
with the customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate
the transaction price to the performance obligations; (v) recognize revenue when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied.
We believe that its current revenue recognition policies are generally consistent with the new revenue recognition standards set
forth in ASC 606. Based on our assessment, potential adjustments to input measures are not expected to be pervasive to the majority
of its contracts. As such, we have concluded that the adoption of this new guidance will not result in a material cumulative catch-up
adjustment to the opening balance sheet or retained earnings at the effective date or any other material impact on its consolidated
financial statements.
Online education service
The online education services provided
by us to customers are an integrated service, including audio-video course content, mock examinations and online chat rooms during
the subscription service period. Audio-video course content, mock examinations and online chat rooms are not practical to be sold
on standalone basis and have never been sold separately. Therefore, the contracts have a single performance obligation for an integrated
service and the transaction price is stated in the contracts, usually as a price per student or course. Quantity of students enrolled
or courses provided is determined before rendering service. We typically satisfy the performance obligations in contracts with
customers upon render of the services. For examination service, the revenue is recognized at a point in time when customer/student
completes the examination on the platform. At this point in time, customer/student is able to direct use of and obtain substantially
all of the benefits from the online education platform at the time the services are delivered. Except examination service, all
other revenues for the online education service are recognized on a straight line basis over the subscription period from the month
in which students enroll in the courses to the month in which the subscriptions expire. The subscription period for a majority
of the online education services is six months or less. Customer/student can access to the courses. anytime during the subscription
period. The online education services include online education cloud services (“B2B2C”), which are provided through
educational institutions to individual students, and online training services (“B2C”), which are provided to students
directly. B2C services can be cancelled and is refundable no later than 24 hours after enrollment. B2B2C services cannot be cancelled
and is not refundable after enrollment. All estimates are based on our historical experience, complete satisfaction of the performance
obligation, and our best judgment at the time the estimates are made. Returns and allowances are not a significant aspect of the
revenue recognition process as historically they have been immaterial.
Technological development and operation service
Revenues from technological development
service, including information technology system design and cloud platform development, are recognized when the system or platform
are delivered and accepted by the customers, normally within a year. Upon delivery of services, project completion inspection and
customer acceptance notice are required as proof of the completion of performance obligations, which is a confirmation of customer
to its ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the benefits from, the design and development service. In instances
where substantive completion inspection and customer acceptance provisions are specified in contracts, revenues are deferred until
all inspection and acceptance criteria have been met.
From time to time, we enter into arrangement
to provide technological support and maintenance service of online platforms to our customers. our efforts are expended evenly
throughout the service period. The revenues for the technological support and maintenance service are recognized over the support
and maintenance services period., usually from 3 months to one year. The contracts have a single performance obligation and are
primarily on a fixed-price basis. No significant returns, refund and other similar obligations during each reporting period.
The core principle underlying the revenue
recognition ASU is that we will recognize revenue to represent the transfer of services to customers in an amount that reflects
the consideration to which we expect to be entitled to in such exchange. This will require us to identify contractual performance
obligations and determine whether revenue should be recognized at a point in time or over time, based on when services are provided
to a customer.
Income taxes
We account for income taxes under ASC 740.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected
to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income
in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets
to the amount expected to be realized.
The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty
in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement
of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition
of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for
interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. We do not believe that there was any uncertain tax
position at March 31, 2020 and 2019.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The main
objective is to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on
the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, for (1) public business entities, (2) not-for-profit entities
that have issued, or are conduit bond obligors for, securities that are traded, listed, or quoted on an exchange or an over-the-counter
market, and (3) employee benefit plans that file financial statements with the SEC. In July 2018, the FASB issued an update that
provided an additional transition option that allows companies to continue applying the guidance under the lease standard in effect
at that time in the comparative periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. Companies that elect this option would
record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings on the date of adoption. Early adoption is permitted
for all entities. The Company adopted this ASU starting April 1, 2019, and evaluated and deemed that it did not have a material
impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13
(“ASU 2016-13”), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on
Financial Instruments”. ASU 2016-13 requires companies to measure credit losses utilizing a methodology that reflects expected
credit losses and requires a consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates.
ASU 16-13 was further amended in November 2019 in “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit losses”.
This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including those interim periods within those fiscal
years. For emerging growth companies, the effective date is has been extended to fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2022.
The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard. Based on a preliminary assessment, the Company does not
expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13,
“Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,”
to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to financial statements related to recurring or nonrecurring fair value
measurements by removing amounts and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, policies for
timing of transfers between different levels for fair value measurements, and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements.
The new standard requires disclosure of the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level
3 fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within
those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this ASU will have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12,
“Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes,” which removes certain exceptions to the general
principles in Topic 740, and also improves consistent application of and simplify U.S. GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying
and amending existing guidance. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and
interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. For all other entities, the amendments in this update
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December
15, 2022. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted. The Company expects that the adoption of this ASU will not have a material
impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company does not believe other recently
issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial
position, statements of operations and cash flows.
5B. Liquidity and Capital
Resources
Our cash primarily consists of cash on
hand and cash in banks in China, which is unrestricted for withdrawal and use and is deposited with banks in China. As of March
31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, we had approximately $6.8 million and $3.9 million of cash in bank, respectively, and had no outstanding
bank loans or third party loans due.
On April 29, 2019, we announced the closing
of our IPO of 1,181,033 ordinary shares at a public offering price of $5.00 per share, for total gross proceeds of approximately
$5.9 million before deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and other related expenses. After the IPO, we have more cash
on hand for implementation of our growth strategies and for our operating activities.
Management believes that our current cash
and cash flows from current and future operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs for at least the next 12
months. We intend to continue carefully executing our growth plans and managing market risk.
5C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.
See the discussion under the headings “Research and Development”,
“Intellectual Property” and “Patents” in Item 4 above.
5D. Trend Information
We have noted the existence of the following trends, all of
which are likely to affect our business to the extent they continue in the future:
China’s economy is growing rapidly
We have benefited significantly from overall
economic growth and the expansion of the education market in China. Economic growth and increasing domestic consumption in China
have contributed to a significant increase in spending on education. According to data from National Bureau of Statistics
of China, gross domestic product (“GDP”) of China reached RMB 99,087 billion in year 2019, increased by 7.8% over
year 2018; disposable income per capita of urban residents increased from RMB 31,195 in 2015 to RMB 42,359 in 2019, representing
an increase of 35.79% during this period. (Source: China Research and Intelligence www.shcri.com) We believe that
the increase trend of the disposable income per capita creates favorable economic environment for online self-taught higher education.
People who would like to obtain more education are likely to invest more in education as their disposable income increases.
Market size of China’s Online
Self-taught Higher Education is increasing
As reflected in the table below, the scale
of China’s online education industry was enlarged in recent years, mainly driven by the internet technology upgrading. The
self-taught higher education sector was transformed from offline classroom schooling to online platforms because of the broader
audience reached and the economic benefit provided by online platforms. Therefore, the market size of China’s online self-taught
higher education grew rapidly year by year, exceeded RMB 39.07 billion in year 2019 and expect to RMB 41.02 billion in year 2020.
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
|
2020
E
|
|
Market Size
(RMB, billion)
|
|
|
23.40
|
|
|
|
28.83
|
|
|
|
35.52
|
|
|
|
39.07
|
|
|
|
41.02
|
|
(Source: China Research and Intelligence
www.shcri.com)
Market size of Online Self-taught Higher Education B2B2C
Service in China is also increasing
B2B2C service is our major service line.
For the year ended March 31, 2020, approximately 83% of our revenue was generated from B2B2C service. Market size of online
self-taught higher education B2B2C service in China increased from RMB 543.3 million to RMB 1,369.12 million from year 2016
to year 2019, and is expect to RMB 1.5 billion for year 2019.
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2020 E
|
|
Market Size (RMB, million)
|
|
|
543.30
|
|
|
|
814.95
|
|
|
|
1,222.43
|
|
|
|
1,369.12
|
|
|
|
1,478.65
|
|
(Source: China Research and Intelligence
www.shcri.com)
Steps to Improve Our Performance
Recruiting professional personnel
is expected to help increase our sales.
We believe that our existing products
and services with technological development of our online platform and quality improvement of our online courses will enable us
to capture increased market demands for online education. With these opportunities we are able to provide, we plan to expand our
team by recruiting professionals in various fields. In recent years, supply and demand of professionals tend to be stable, as
long as we can provide development opportunities, we are able to hire more outstanding personnel, such as technology development
professionals, online course producers, teaching professionals and senior management expertise. As of March 31, 2020, we had 142
full time employees and 3 part time employees and there were 150 full time employees and 3 part time employees as of March 31,
2019. As our team keeps growing, we will be able to improve the quality of our courses, negotiate and work with more schools,
achieve more revenue and better financial results.
We expect our income will benefit
from the implementation of “Provincial Partnership Model.”
There are 32 provinces in China and the
population in each province varies from tens of millions to hundreds of millions. We are currently implementing a “Provincial
Partnership Model” under which we establish subsidiaries in different provinces. Our local partners in each province, who
are also the shareholders of each local subsidiary, can develop business not only with the reputation, platform and courses of
the Company, but also with their own capability and deep understanding of local education market. We have founded subsidiaries
in Hunan, Hubei, Jiangsu, Guizhou, Fujian, Liaoning, Sichuan, Guangxi, Guangzhou Province and Beijing. We believe that this “Provincial
Partnership Model” will create more revenue by motivating our partners to explore potential market and provide better services
to local customers. Meanwhile, “Provincial Partnership Model” will decrease the Company’s payroll, travel and
administrative expenses by hiring local staff instead of recruiting staff in Beijing, where our headquarters is located.
Other than self-taught higher education
courses, we are exploring online non-diploma education courses and adult continuing higher education courses
(1) Online non-diploma education courses
As of now, most of our online courses
are provided to self-taught learners and college students pursuing higher education degrees. We are also exploring non-diploma
education courses and professional development courses for qualification certificates. For example, we have completed development
of online courses for the “National Teacher Certificate Examination”. There are a very limited amount of institutions
developing courses for the “National Teacher Certificate Examination” in China, especially promoting these courses
through B2B2C model like us. Therefore, competition in this field is not strong. On the other hand, our online education platform
was successfully built and its cost will be much lower in the upcoming periods. As such, our gross profit is more likely to increase
with the development of other professional development courses.
(2) Online adult continuing higher education courses
Adult higher education examination is
an alternative way to obtain higher education for adults and an important part of China’s higher education system. According
to the statistics from China Research and Intelligence www.shcri.com, there were 288 universities and colleges offering
continuing education services, most of which adopted face-to-face teaching. There is barely B2B2C service provider for adult continuing
higher education courses and market size of China’s online continuing higher education is relatively small. The market size
of online continuing higher education increased from RMB 17.80 billion in 2016 to RMB 29.62 billion in 2019, and it is expected
to RMB31.99 billion for year 2020.
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2020E
|
|
Market Size (RMB, billion)
|
|
|
17.80
|
|
|
|
21.89
|
|
|
|
26.93
|
|
|
|
29.62
|
|
|
|
31.99
|
|
We entered into the adult education field
and launched our continuing education platforms in late 2016. Currently, there are over 175 universities and education institutions
using and testing our platforms. Given the unmet market demands for this type of services as well as the Chinese government’s
promotion of the “Internet+” model, China’s institutions of higher education, including our existing and potential
clients, will likely increase their use of adult continuing higher education cloud platform to standardize teaching process and
monitor learning process. As such, we expect that our revenue from services for online adult continuing education will increase
in the long term.
5.E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
There were no off-balance sheet arrangements
for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, that have or that in the opinion of management are likely to have, a current
or future material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
5.F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual
Obligations
The following table represents our contractual commitments
as of March 31, 2020:
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Within
1 Year
|
|
|
2-3
Years
|
|
|
4-5
Years
|
|
|
After
5 Years
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$
|
652,053
|
|
|
$
|
278,715
|
|
|
$
|
373,338
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
There have been no material changes to our contractual obligations
since March 31, 2020.
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
6.A. Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees
The following table sets forth the name,
age, positions and a brief description of the business experience of each of our directors, executive officers and key employees
as of the date hereof.
Directors
and Executive Officers
|
|
Age
|
|
Position/Title
|
Yang Yu
|
|
48
|
|
Chairman
of the Board and Executive Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xinghui Yang
|
|
50
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
and Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gang Yao
|
|
47
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cuntao Hou
|
|
41
|
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defang Li
|
|
75
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yik C Chan
|
|
63
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wenxiang Xing
|
|
57
|
|
Director
|
There are no family relationships among
our directors and officers. There are no arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others,
pursuant to which any person referred to above was selected as a director or member of senior management, except as disclosed
in Note 10 in the “accompanying consolidated financial statements”. The address of each of our directors and executive
officers is c/o Wah Fu Education Group Limited, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Beijing, China 100176.
Executive Officers and Directors
Yang Yu has been serving as Chairman
of the Board of Directors and Executive Director of the Company since November 2016. Mr. Yu has been serving as the executive
director of several of our subsidiaries and VIE, including the executive director of Beijing Distance Learning since July 2015,
the executive director of Beijing Digital Information since October 2012, the executive director of Shanghai Xia Shu network Technology
Co., Ltd. since April 2016 and the executive director of Shanghai Xin Fu Network Technology Co., Ltd. since July 2015. He has
also been the acting executive director of Beijing Hao Hua Hao Tai Investment Co., Ltd, an investment company, since July 2009.
Mr. Yu obtained his Ph.D. in law from China University of Political Science & Law, a Master of Laws degree from Xian Jiaotong
University and a Bachelor’s Degree in Medicine from The Fourth Military Medical University in Xi’an, China.
Xinghui Yang has been serving as
director of the Company since March 2013 and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since November 2016. Mr. Yang has served as
chief executive officer of our wholly owned subsidiary Beijing Distance Learning since March 2013 and Deputy General Manager of
this subsidiary from November 2006 to February 2013. He has also been serving as chief executive officer of Beijing Digital Information
since March 2013. While with Beijing Distance Learning, Mr. Yang managed the daily operations of the company. From October 2003
to October 2006, Mr. Yang served as Deputy General Manager of Beijing Meiming Media Co., Limited, an integrated marketing company.
Mr. Yang obtained his B.S. in Industrial & Electrical Automation from Beijing Information Science & Technology University
and his M.B.A from University of International Business and Economics in Beijing, China.
Gang Yao has been serving as our Chief
Financial Officer since August 2018. Mr. Yao has been serving as Executive Chairman of Beijing Clean2Organic Technology Co., Ltd.
since January 2017, responsible for overall decision making in connection with key aspects of the company’s operations. From
October 2013 to April 2015, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Hanwang Technology Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen Stock Exchange 002362)
where he managed the company’s operations (including finance and supply chain), implemented organizational reforms and developed
its internal control program. From May 2015 to July 2017, Mr. Yao served as Chief Executive Officer of Qingdao Hengshun Zhongsheng
Group Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen Stock Exchange 300208) where he was managed the company’s operations, led its internal reform and
also managed the company’s international expansions in Southeast Asia and Africa. From September 2010 to June 2013, he served
as RMB Fund Partner at Zero2IPO Venture, managing the firm’s private equity funds such as modern agriculture funds and clean
technology funds. Previously, Mr. Yao was with Baker Tilly China from July 2003 and September 2010 where he held various finance
and accounting positions. He started his career as an engineer at Huaihua Raiway Co., Ltd. Mr. Yao obtained his B.S. in Household
Electrical Appliances Technology and Management from Hunan University of Commerce in Changsha, China, his Master’s degree
in Accountancy from Central South University in Changsha, China and his Doctor degree in Accountancy from Chinese Academy of Fiscal
Science in Beijing, China. He holds the qualification of Certified Public Accountant in China and Australia, and the member of
the Institute of Chartered Accountant of England and Wales.
Cuntao Hou has been Vice President
of the Company since December 2016. Mr. Hou has held various managerial positions at our subsidiaries. He has served as Deputy
General Manager of Beijing Distance Learning since February 2015 where he has been in charge of marketing and sales. He has also
been serving as the General Manager of Hunan Huafu Haihui Learning Technology Co., Ltd., our subsidiary based in Hunan, China,
in charge of key aspects of daily operations. Mr. Hou was previously the Assistant Manager of the Marketing Department at Beijing
Distance Learning from June 2006 to July 2013, responsible for sales and marketing in relation to the company’s self-study
education preparation programs. He joined Beijing Distance Learning in June 2003 and worked as a software engineer at the company’s
R&D Department until June 2006. He then served as Assistant Manager of the R&D Department at Beijing Distance Learning
from July 2006 to May 2009. Mr. Hou obtained his B.S. degree in Computer Science from Beijing Applied Science and Technology University
and his B.A. degree in Management from Beijing Normal University in Beijing, China.
Defang Li has been serving as an
independent director since August 2018. Mr. Li has been a professor of Beijing Normal University since 1986. He has also held
various leadership positions at the university, including Dean of the Continuing Education Department, Dean of Higher Vocational
Education and Deputy Dean of Network Education School. In addition to his positions at Beijing Normal University, Mr. Li has been
in leadership positions at various professional associations dedicated to education since 2005. He is currently Deputy Secretary
of the National Colleges & Universities Modern Remote Education Collaboration, Vice President of Beijing Adult Education Association
and Secretary of National Teachers’ Network Association. Mr. Li has published two books and over 20 articles on education
related subjects. He received his M.A. in Social Anthropology, Cultural Anthropology & Folklore Studies and his B.A. in Chinese
Literature from Beijing Normal University in Beijing, China.
Yik C Chan has been serving as
an independent director since August 2018. Since 2016, Mr. Chan has served as the Managing Director Asia of IAA-Advisory Associates,
which provides specialized advisory services in leasing and asset finance in the areas of strategy and planning, corporate development,
mergers and acquisitions, vendor and captive finance, turnaround and restructures, international expansion and funding strategies.
Before joining IAA, from 2012 to 2016, Mr. Chan served as Operating Partner of CITIC Capital, one of the largest private equity
firms in China, where he operated in the non-bank financial services industry, including leasing, commercial factoring and supply
chains financing. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Chan served as Chief Executive Officer of BNP Paribas Leasing Solutions China, a provider
of leasing and finance solutions, a position he held from the company’s inception in 2007. Mr. Chan is an experienced general
manager and finance and treasury executive with more than 30 years’ experience in private equity, global leasing, supply
chains, and structured finance in the US, Pan Asia and China. Mr. Chan is a Certified Public Accountant in the U.S., and received
a B.A. in Accounting from Baruch College and a M.B.A. in Business Administration from New York University.
Wenxiang Xing has been serving
as an independent director since December 2018. Mr. Xing has been a professor of Central University of Finance and Economics since
July 2008 and was a professor of China University of Geosciences from November 2005 to July 2008. Mr. Xing has previously served
as a director of a number of companies. He has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Hangzhou Jinjiang Group Ecology
Technology Co., Ltd. since August 2016. From March 2000 to November 2005, he served as President of Yida Group Co., Ltd and Chairman
of the Board of Directors of Yida Group Investment & Development Co., Ltd. In addition, Mr. Xing has served as an independent
director of other public companies. He served as an independent director of Fujian Longma Environmental Sanitation Equipment Co.,
Ltd from September 2010 to September 2016. He also served as an independent director of Yi Lianzhong Information Technology Co.
Ltd. from June 2012 to June 2018. Mr. Xing received a Ph.D. in Chinese philosophy from Hebei University in 2010, a Master’s
degree in Economics in 1994 from Liaoning University and a Bachelor’s degree in philosophy in 1984 from the same institution.
Each of our directors will serve as a
director until our next annual general meeting and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
6.B. Compensation
For the year ended March 31, 2020, the aggregate cash compensation
that we paid to our executive officers and directors was approximately $277,467. For the year ended March 31, 2019, the aggregate
cash compensation that we paid to our executive officers and directors was approximately $172,929. There are no service contracts
between us and any of our directors, except for those directors who are also our executive officers. Pursuant to PRC law, We make
contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance,
housing fund, unemployment and other statutory benefits. Other than the above-mentioned statutory contributions mandated by applicable
PRC law and the insurance policy, we have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits
to our executive officers and directors.
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements
with each of our executive officers. We may terminate an executive officer’s employment for cause at any time without advance
notice or remuneration, if (i) the executive officer is convicted or pleads guilty to a felony or to an act of fraud, misappropriation
or embezzlement, (ii) the executive officer has been negligent or acted dishonestly to our detriment, (iii) the executive
officer has engaged in actions amounting to misconduct or failed to perform his/her duties thereunder and such failure continues
after the executive officer is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure, (iv) the executive officer has died,
or (v) the executive officer has a disability which shall mean a physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined
by our board of directors, renders the executive officer unable to perform the essential functions of his/her employment with
us, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company, for more than 180 days in any
12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period would apply. We may also
terminate an executive officer’s employment under PRC Labor Law Articles 36, 39 40 and 41 and under other applicable laws
and regulations. An executive officer may terminate his or her employment at any time by giving a thirty days’ prior written
notice.
Each executive officer has agreed to hold,
at all times during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use,
except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any
of our confidential information, or the confidential or proprietary information disclosed to the executive officer by or obtained
by the executive officer from us either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or otherwise, if specifically indicated to be
confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential.
In addition, each executive officer has
agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and for two years
following the last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (i) approach our suppliers,
clients, customers or contacts of us or other persons or entities introduced to the executive officer in the executive officer’s
capacity as our representative for the purposes of doing business with such persons or entities which will harm the business relationship
between the Company and such persons and/or entities; (ii) unless expressly consented to by us, assume employment with or
provide services to any of our competitors, engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, any of our competitors;
or (iii) unless expressly consented to by us, seek directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other
inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any of our employees who is employed by us.
We have also entered into indemnification
agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify our directors and
executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason
of their being a director or officer of our company.
Each executive officer has agreed to hold
in confidence any confidential information that he has obtained about the Company.
6.C. Board Practices
Terms of Directors and Officers
Expiration of Term of Directors
Pursuant to our memorandum and articles
of association, the business of our company is managed by our board of directors. Commencing with the first annual meeting of
the shareholders, directors are elected for a term of office to expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of the shareholders
after their election. Each director will hold office until the expiration of his or her term of office and until his or her successor
has been elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal by the shareholders or a resolution
passed by the majority of the remaining directors.
In the interim between annual meetings
of shareholders, or special meetings of shareholders called for the election of directors, any vacancy on the board of directors
may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole
remaining director. A director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from death, resignation or removal of a director will serve
for the remainder of the full term of the director whose death, resignation or removal will have caused such vacancy and until
his successor will have been elected and qualified.
Director Remuneration Upon Termination
The directors may receive such remuneration
as our board of directors may determine from time to time. The compensation committee will assist the directors in reviewing and
approving the compensation structure for the directors. Currently, our directors are not entitled to receive any remuneration
upon termination of employment.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee consists of Yik C.
Chan, Wenxiang Xing and Defang Li. e have determined that each of these three director nominees satisfies the “independence”
requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. We have determined that Mr. Chan qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The
audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of the Company.
The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:
|
●
|
selecting the independent
registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the
independent registered public accounting firm;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
reviewing with the
independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;
|
|
●
|
reviewing and approving
all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
discussing the annual
audited financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
reviewing the adequacy
and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any special steps taken to monitor and
control major financial risk exposures;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
annually reviewing
and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
meeting separately
and periodically with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
monitoring compliance
with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure
proper compliance; and
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
reporting regularly
to the board.
|
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee consists of
Wenxiang Xing and Yik C. Chan, each of whom satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ rules. The compensation
committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating
to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which
their compensation is deliberated upon. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:
|
●
|
reviewing and approving,
or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
reviewing and recommending
to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
reviewing periodically
and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or other similar arrangements; and
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
selecting compensation
consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s
independence from management.
|
Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee
Our corporate governance
and nominating committee consists of Defang Li and Yik C. Chan, each of whom satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 5605
of the NASDAQ rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists the board in selecting individuals qualified to
become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance
committee is responsible for, among other things:
|
●
|
recommending nominees
to the board for election or re-election to the board, or for appointment to fill any vacancy on the board;
|
|
●
|
reviewing annually
with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills,
experience, expertise, diversity and availability of service to us;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
selecting and recommending
to the board the names of directors to serve as members of the audit committee and the compensation committee, as well as
of the nominating and corporate governance committee itself;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
developing and reviewing
the corporate governance principles adopted by the board and advising the board with respect to significant developments in
the law and practice of corporate governance and our compliance with such laws and practices; and
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
evaluating the performance
and effectiveness of the board as a whole.
|
6.D. Employees
See the section entitled “Employees” in Item 4.B
above.
6.E. Share Ownership
As of August 13, 2020, 4,381,033 of
our ordinary shares were outstanding. Holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to vote together as a single class on all matters
submitted to shareholders for approval. No holder of ordinary shares has different voting rights from any other holders of ordinary
shares. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.
Beneficial ownership is determined in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. The percentages of shares beneficially owned in the table below are based
on 4,381,033 ordinary shares outstanding as of August 13, 2020.
The following table sets forth information
with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of August 13, 2020 by:
|
●
|
each of our directors
and executive officers; and
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
each person known
to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares.
|
Unless otherwise noted below, the address
for each listed shareholder, director or executive officer is Room 505 Building No.40, No.1 Disheng North Street, Economic and
Technological Development Zone, Beijing, China 100176.
|
|
Ordinary shares
beneficially owned
|
|
Name
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yang Yu(1)
|
|
|
1,648,000
|
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
Xinghui Yang(2)
|
|
|
1,552,000
|
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
Gang Yao
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cuntao Hou
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Defang Li
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Yik C Chan
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Wenxiang Xing
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (seven persons)
|
|
|
3,2000,000
|
|
|
|
73
|
%
|
Principal Shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
River Business Limited (3)
|
|
|
1,392,000
|
|
|
|
32
|
%
|
Silver Thousand International (4)
|
|
|
320,000
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
HFGFR INC. (5)
|
|
|
1,488,000
|
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
(1)
|
Includes 1,488,000
ordinary shares held through HFGFR INC. and 160,000 ordinary shares held through Silver Thousand International.
|
(2)
|
Includes 1,392,000
ordinary shares held through River Business Limited and 160,000 ordinary shares held through Silver Thousand International.
|
(3)
|
The registered office
address of River Business Limited is Sea Meadow House, PO Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110 British Virgin Islands. As the
holder of all of the equity interest in River Business Limited, Yang Xinghui has voting and dispositive power with respect
to all of the ordinary shares of the Company held by River Business Limited.
|
(4)
|
The registered office
address of Silver Thousand International is Sea Meadow House, PO Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.
As of the date of this report, Silver Thousand International is 50% owned by Mr. Yang and 50% owned by HFGFR INC.
|
(5)
|
The business address
of HFGFR INC. is Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. As the holder of all of the equity interest
in HFGFR INC., Yu Yang has voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the ordinary shares of the Company held by
HFGFR INC.
|
None of our major shareholders have differing
voting rights, and as of the date of this report, none of our outstanding ordinary shares are held by record holders in the United
States. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
7.A. Major Shareholders
See Item 6.E., “Share Ownership,”
for a description of our major shareholders.
7.B. Related Party Transactions
The Company’s related
parties balance consisted of the following:
(i) Loan to related parties:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Loan to related parties(a)
|
|
$
|
2,537,532
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
(a)
|
The balance is due from Horwath Capital Consultants Limited
(“Horwath Capital”), to which our chairman serves as a director. On November 1, 2019 and December 4, 2019 the Company
loaned $851,825 and $1,650,000 to Horwath Capital, respectively. The loan bears an interest rate of 4% and is not guaranteed. The
maturity was July 31, 2020. On July 20, 2020 and July 30, 2020, Horwath Capital fully repaid $851,825 and $1,650,000 to the Company,
respectively.
|
(ii) Due to related party:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Due to shareholders
|
|
$
|
282,121
|
|
|
$
|
245,006
|
|
Due to key management personnel
|
|
|
4,232
|
|
|
|
7,868
|
|
Due to related parties
|
|
$
|
286,353
|
|
|
$
|
252,874
|
|
|
(b)
|
The balance of due to shareholders mainly due to the
principal shareholders of the Company who provide funds for the Company’s operations. The payables are unsecured, non-interest
bearing and due on demand.
|
7.C. Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
The financial statements required by this
item may be found at the end of this report on 20-F, beginning on page F-1.
Legal Proceedings
In September 2019, we
sued Beijing Chuangyouyi Education Technology Co., Ltd (“Chuangyouyi”) in Haidian District People’s
Court of Beijing Municipality for the unpaid principal and interest in the aggregated amount of approximately $89,958 under a
loan agreement between Chuangyouyi and Distance Learning. On July 30, 2020, the district court issued its decision, which
supported all claims of the Company.
Other than the foregoing proceeding, we
are not currently, and have not recently been, a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings. We are not aware of
any material legal or administrative proceedings threatened against us. From time to time, we are subject to various legal or
administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid any dividend
on our ordinary shares and we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our ordinary shares in the future. We currently intend
to retain all future earnings to finance our operations and to expand our business.
No Significant Changes
No significant changes to our financial
condition have occurred since the date of the annual financial statements contained herein.
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
9.A. Offer and Listing Details
Our ordinary shares are listed for trading
on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “WAFU.” The shares began trading on April 30, 2019 on the NASDAQ Capital
Market. The closing price for the ordinary shares was $5.28 on August 14, 2020.
9.B. Plan of Distribution
Not Applicable.
9.C. Markets
Our ordinary shares are currently traded
on the NASDAQ Capital Market.
9.D. Selling Shareholders
Not Applicable.
9.E. Dilution
Not Applicable.
9.F. Expenses of the Issuer
Not Applicable.
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
10.A. Share Capital
Not Applicable.
10.B. Memorandum and Articles of Association
We are a British Virgin Islands company
limited by shares and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association and the Act (as amended or modified
from time to time).
Our authorized share capital is $300,000
divided into 30,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.01 each. All options, regardless of grant dates, will entitle holders
to an equivalent number of ordinary shares once the vesting and exercising conditions are met. The following are summaries of
material provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Act insofar as they
relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares.
Ordinary Shares
General. Our authorized
share capital is US$300,000 divided into 30,000,000 ordinary shares, with a par value of US$0.01. Holders of ordinary shares will
have the same rights. All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the
ordinary shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the British Virgin Islands may freely
hold and transfer their ordinary shares.
Dividends. The holders of
our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. Our post-offering amended and
restated articles of association provide that dividends may be declared and paid at such time, and in such an amount, as the directors
determine subject to their being satisfied that the Company will meet the statutory solvency test immediately after the dividend.
Holders of ordinary shares will be entitled to the same amount of dividends, if declared.
Voting Rights. In respect
of all matters subject to a shareholders’ vote, each ordinary share is entitled to one vote for each ordinary share registered
in his or her name on our register of members. Holders of ordinary shares shall at all times vote together on all resolutions
submitted to a vote of the members. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll
may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or any one shareholder.
A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders
consists of two or more shareholders who hold at least one-half of all voting power of our share capital in issue at the date
of the meeting present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative.
Shareholders’ meetings may be held annually. Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be an extraordinary
general meeting. Extraordinary general meetings may be called by a majority of our board of directors or our chairman or upon
a requisition of shareholders holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than 30% of the aggregate voting power
of our company. Advance notice of at least 10 days is required for the convening of our annual general meeting and other
general meetings unless such notice is waived in accordance with our articles of association.
Transfer of Ordinary Shares.
Under the Act the transfer of a registered share which is not listed on a recognized exchange is by a written instrument
of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name of the transferee. However, the instrument must also be signed by
the transferee if registration would impose a liability on the transferee to the company. The instrument of transfer must be sent
to the company for registration. Subject to the company’s memorandum or articles of association the company shall on receipt
of an instrument of transfer enter the name of the transferee of the share in the register of members unless the directors resolve
to refuse or delay registration of the transfer for reasons that should be specified in a resolution of directors. The transfer
of a registered share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered in the register of members. The entry of the name
of a person in the company’s register of members is prima facie evidence that legal title in the share vests in that person.
The procedure is different for the transfer
of shares that are listed on a recognized exchange. Such shares may be transferred without the need for a written instrument of
transfer if the transfer is carried out in accordance with the laws, rules, procedures and other requirements applicable to shares
listed on the recognized exchange and subject to the company’s memorandum and articles of association.
The registration of transfers may, after
compliance with any notice required of NASDAQ, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our
board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended
nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year as our board may determine.
Liquidation. On a return
of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), assets available
for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata
basis. Any distribution of assets or capital to holders of an ordinary share will be the same in any liquidation event.
Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture
of Ordinary Shares. Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid
on their ordinary shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 clear days prior to the specified time of payment.
The ordinary shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.
Redemption of Ordinary Shares.
The Act and our amended and restated articles of association permit us to purchase our own shares with the prior written consent
of the relevant shareholders and resolution of directors and applicable law.
Variation of Rights of Shares.
All or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Act, only be varied
with the written consent of the holders of a majority of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution
passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of
any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to
be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.
Inspection of Books and Records.
A member of a company is entitled, on
giving written notice to the company, to inspect (a) the memorandum and articles of association; (b) the register of members;
(c) the register of directors; and (d) the minutes of meetings and resolutions of members and of those classes of members of which
he is a member; and to make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records. Subject to the memorandum and articles
of association, the directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the company’s interests to allow a
member to inspect any document, or part of a document, specified in (b), (c) and (d) above, refuse to permit the member to inspect
the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts from the
records.
Where a company fails or refuses to permit
a member to inspect a document or permits a member to inspect a document subject to limitations, that member may apply to the
BVI High Court for an order that he should be permitted to inspect the document or to inspect the document without limitation.
A company is required to keep at the office
of its registered agent: the memorandum and articles of association of the company; the register of members or a copy of the register
of members; the register of directors or a copy of the register of directors; and copies of all notices and other documents filed
by the company in the previous ten years.
Issuance of Additional Shares.
Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum of association authorizes our board of directors to issue additional ordinary
shares from time to time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares.
Register of Members
Under the Act we must keep a register
of members and there should be entered therein:
|
●
|
the names and addresses
of our members, a statement of the number and class of shares held by each member;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
the date on which
the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
the date on which
any person ceased to be a member.
|
Under the Act, the register of members
of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (that is, the register of members will raise a presumption
of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members is deemed as a matter
of the Act to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. We perform the procedure necessary
to immediately update the register of members to record and give effect to the issuance of shares by us to the Depositary (or its
nominee) as the depositary. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members
will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name.
If the name of any person is incorrectly
entered in or omitted from our register of members, or if there is any default or unnecessary delay in entering on the register
the fact of any person having ceased to be a member of our company, the person or member aggrieved (or any member of our
company or our company itself) may apply to the High Court of the British Virgin Islands for an order that the register be rectified,
and the Court may either refuse such application or it may, if satisfied of the justice of the case, make an order for the rectification
of the register.
Material Differences between U.S. Corporate
Law and British Virgin Islands Corporate Law
The Act differs from laws applicable to
United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions
of the Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware.
Mergers and Similar Arrangements.
Under the Act two or more companies, each a “constituent company”, may merge or consolidate. A merger involves
the merging of two or more companies into one of the constituent companies (to the merger) with one constituent company continuing
in existence to become the surviving company post-merger. A consolidation involves two or more companies consolidating into a
new company.
A merger is effective on the date that
the articles of merger (as described below) are registered by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the BVI, or on such later
date, not exceeding 30 days from the date of registration as is stated in the articles of merger.
The Act provides that any member of the
Company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting from a merger, unless the Company is the surviving
company of the merger and the member continues to hold the same or similar shares. The following is a summary of the position
under the Act.
A dissenter is in most circumstances required
to give to the Company written objection to the merger, which must include a statement that the dissenter proposes to demand payment
for his shares if the merger takes place. This written objection must be given before the meeting of members at which the merger
is submitted to a vote, or at the meeting but before the vote. However, no objection is required from a member to whom the Company
did not give notice of the meeting of members or where the proposed merger is authorized by written consent of the members without
a meeting.
Within 20 days immediately following the
written consent, or the meeting at which the merger was approved, the Company shall give written notice of the consent or resolution
to each member who gave written objection or from whom written objection was not required, except those members who voted for,
or consented in writing to, the proposed merger.
A member to whom the Company was required
to give notice who elects to dissent shall, within 20 days immediately following the date on which the copy of the plan of merger
or an outline of the merger is given to him, give to the Company a written notice of his decision to elect to dissent, stating:
|
(a)
|
his name and address;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
the number and classes
of shares in respect of which he dissents (which must be all shares that he holds in the Company); and
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
a demand for payment
of the fair value of his shares.
|
Upon the giving of a notice of election
to dissent, the dissenter ceases to have any of the rights of a member except the right to be paid the fair value of his shares,
and the right to institute proceedings to obtain relief on the ground that the action is illegal.
The Company shall make a written offer
to each dissenter to purchase his shares at a specified price that the Company determines to be their fair value. Such offer must
be given within 7 days immediately following the date of the expiration of the period within which members may give their notices
of election to dissent, or within 7 days immediately following the date on which the merger is put into effect, whichever is later.
If the Company and the dissenter fail,
within 30 days immediately following the date on which the offer is made, to agree on the price to be paid for the shares owned
by the dissenter, then within 20 days:
|
(a)
|
the Company and
the dissenter shall each designate an appraiser;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
the two designated
appraisers together shall designate an appraiser;
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
the three appraisers
shall fix the fair value of the shares owned by the dissenter as of the close of business on the day prior to the date of
the meeting or the date on which the resolution was passed, excluding any appreciation or depreciation directly or indirectly
induced by the action or its proposal, and that value is binding on the Company and the dissenter for all purposes; and
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
the Company shall
pay to the dissenter the amount in money upon the surrender by him of the certificates representing his shares, and such shares
shall be cancelled.
|
Shareholders’ Suits.
Under the provisions of the Act, the memorandum
and articles of association of a company are binding as between the company and its members and between the members. In general,
members are bound by the decision of the majority or special majorities as set out in the articles of association or in the Act.
As for voting, the usual rule is that with respect to normal commercial matters members may act from self-interest when exercising
the right to vote attached to their shares.
If the majority members have infringed
a minority member’s rights, the minority may seek to enforce its rights either by derivative action or by personal action.
A derivative action concerns the infringement of the company’s rights where the wrongdoers are in control of the company
and are preventing it from taking action, whereas a personal action concerns the infringement of a right that is personal to the
particular member concerned.
The Act provides for a series of remedies
available to members. Where a company incorporated under the Act conducts some activity which breaches the Act or the company’s
memorandum and articles of association, the BVI High Court can issue a restraining or compliance order. Members can now also bring
derivative, personal and Representative Actions under certain circumstances.
The traditional English basis for members’
remedies have also been incorporated into the Act: where a member of a company considers that the affairs of the company have
been, are being or are likely to be conducted in a manner likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminating or unfairly prejudicial
to him, he may apply to the BVI High Court for an order on such conduct.
Any member of a company may apply to the
BVI High Court for the appointment of a liquidator for the company and the Court may appoint a liquidator for the company if it
is of the opinion that it is just and equitable to do so.
The Act provides that any member of a
company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting from any of the following:
|
(a)
|
a merger;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
a consolidation;
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
any sale, transfer,
lease, exchange or other disposition of more than 50 per cent in value of the assets or business of the company if not made
in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the company but not including (i) a disposition pursuant to an
order of the court having jurisdiction in the matter; (ii) a disposition for money on terms requiring all or substantially
all net proceeds to be distributed to the members in accordance with their respective interest within one year after the date
of disposition; or (iii) a transfer pursuant to the power of the directors to transfer assets for the protection thereof;
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
a redemption of
10 per cent, or fewer, of the issued shares of the company required by the holders of 90 percent, or more, of the shares of
the company pursuant to the terms of the Act; and
|
|
|
|
|
(e)
|
an arrangement,
if permitted by the BVI High Court.
|
Generally any other claims against a company
by its members must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the BVI or their individual rights as members
as established by the company’s memorandum and articles of association.
The Act provides that if a company or
a director of a company engages in, proposes to engage in or has engaged in, conduct that contravenes the Act or the memorandum
or articles of association of the company, the BVI High Court may, on the application of a member or a director of the company,
make an order directing the company or director to comply with, or restraining the company or director from engaging in conduct
that contravenes the Act or the memorandum or articles of association.
Indemnification of Directors and
Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability. BVI law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles
of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held
by the BVI High Court to be contrary to public policy (e.g. for purporting to provide indemnification against the consequences
of committing a crime). An indemnity will be void and of no effect and will not apply to a person unless the person acted honestly
and in good faith and in what he believed to be in the best interests of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings,
the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum
and articles of association permit indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred
in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty or fraud of such directors or officers. This standard
of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. In addition,
we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that provide such persons with additional
indemnification beyond that provided in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions,
we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Directors’ Fiduciary Duties.
Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders.
This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good
faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director
must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction.
The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation.
He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates
that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer
or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have
been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the
corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence
be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that
the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.
As a matter of British Virgin Islands
law, a director of a British Virgin Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore
it is considered that he or she owes the following duties to the company—a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of
the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do
so) and a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal
interest or his or her duty to a third party. Under the Act, a director must act honestly in good faith and in the best interests
of the Company. A director of a British Virgin Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously
considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably
be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards
an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the British
Virgin Islands.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent.
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written
consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Although British Virgin Islands law may permit shareholder actions by
written consent, our post-offering amended and restated articles of association provide that shareholders may not approve corporate
matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote
on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.
Shareholder Proposals. Under
the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders,
provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors
or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.
British Virgin Islands law and our amended
and restated articles of association provide that shareholders holding 30% or more of the voting rights entitled to vote on any
matter for which a meeting is to be converted may request that the directors shall requisition a shareholder’s meeting.
As a British Virgin Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings.
Cumulative Voting. Under
the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s
certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority
shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder
is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director.
There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the British Virgin Islands but our post-offering
amended and restated articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded
any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.
Removal of Directors. Under
the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the
approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise.
Under our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by a resolution
of our shareholders, or with cause by a resolution of the directors.
Transactions with Interested Shareholders.
The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby,
unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation,
it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following
the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or
which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect
of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be
treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested
shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming
an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition
transaction with the target’s board of directors.
British Virgin Islands law has no comparable
statute. As a result, we are not afforded the same statutory protections in the British Virgin Islands as we would be offered
by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although British Virgin Islands law does not regulate transactions between
a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best
interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders. See also “Shareholders’
Suits” above. We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which requires employees to fully disclose any situations
that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest, and sets forth relevant restrictions and procedures
when a conflict of interest arises to ensure the best interest of the Company.
Dissolution; Winding up.
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must
be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by
the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows
a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions
initiated by the board.
The liquidation of a company may be a
voluntary solvent liquidation or a liquidation under the Insolvency Act. Where a company has been struck off the Register of Companies
under the Act continuously for a period of 7 years it is dissolved with effect from the last day of that period.
Voluntary Liquidation
If the liquidation is a solvent liquidation,
the provisions of the Act governs the liquidation. A company may only be liquidated under the Act as a solvent liquidation if
it has no liabilities or it is able to pay its debts as they fall due and the value of its assets exceeds its liabilities. Subject
to the memorandum and articles of association of a company, a liquidator may be appointed by a resolution of directors or resolution
of members but if the directors have commenced liquidation by a resolution of directors the members must approve the liquidation
plan by a resolution of members save in limited circumstances.
A liquidator is appointed for the purpose
of collecting in and realizing the assets of a company and distributing proceeds to creditors.
Liquidation under the Insolvency Act
The Insolvency Act governs an insolvent
liquidation. Pursuant to the Insolvency Act, a company is insolvent if (a) it fails to comply with the requirements of a statutory
demand that has not be set aside pursuant to the Insolvency Act, execution or other process issued on a judgement, decree or order
of court in favor of a creditor of the company is returned wholly or partly unsatisfied or either the value of the company’s
liabilities exceeds its assets or the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due. The liquidator must be either the Official
Receiver in BVI or a BVI licensed insolvency practitioner. An individual resident outside the BVI may be appointed to act as liquidator
jointly with a BVI licensed insolvency practitioner or the Official Receiver. The members of the company may appoint an insolvency
practitioner as liquidator of the company or the court may appoint an Official Receiver or an eligible insolvency practitioner.
The application to the court can be made by one or more of the following: (a) the company (b) a creditor (c) a member (d), the
supervisor of a creditors’ arrangement in respect of the company, the Financial Services Commission and the Attorney General
in the BVI.
The court may appoint a liquidator if:
(a)
|
the company is insolvent;
|
|
|
(b)
|
the court is of
the opinion that it is just and equitable that a liquidator should be appointed; or
|
|
|
(c)
|
the court is of
the opinion that it is in the public interest for a liquidator to be appointed.
|
An application under (a) above by a member
may only be made with leave of the court, which shall not be granted unless the court is satisfied that there is prima facie case
that the company is insolvent. An application under (c) above may only be made by the Financial Services Commission or the Attorney
General and they may only make an application under (c) above if the company concerned is, or at any time has been, a regulated
person (i.e. a person that holds a prescribed financial services license) or the company is carrying on, or at any time has carried
on, unlicensed financial services business.
Order of Preferential Payments upon
Liquidation
Upon the insolvent liquidation of a company,
the assets of a company shall be applied in accordance with the following priorities: (a) in paying, in priority to all other
claims, the costs and expenses properly incurred in the liquidation in accordance with the prescribed priority; (b) after payment
of the costs and expenses of the liquidation, in paying the preferential claims admitted by the liquidator (wages and salary,
amounts to the BVI Social Security Board, pension contributions, government taxes) - preferential claims rank equally between
themselves and, if the assets of the company are insufficient to meet the claims in full, they shall be paid ratably; (c) after
the payment of preferential claims, in paying all other claims admitted by the liquidator, including those of non-secured creditors
- the claims of non-secured creditors of the Company shall rank equally among themselves and if the assets of the company are
insufficient to meet the claims in full, such non-secured creditors shall be paid ratably; (d) after paying all admitted claims,
paying any interest payable under the BVI Insolvency Act; and finally (e) any surplus assets remaining after payment of the costs,
expenses and claims above shall be distributed to the members in accordance with their rights and interests in the Company. Part
VIII of the Insolvency Act provides for various applications which may be made by a liquidator to set aside transactions which
have unfairly diminished the assets which are available to creditors.
The appointment of a liquidator over the
assets of a company does not affect the right of a secured creditor to take possession of and realize or otherwise deal with assets
of the company over which that creditor has a security interest. Accordingly, a secured creditor may enforce its security directly
without recourse to the liquidator, in priority to the order of payments described in paragraph 25.7. However, so far as the assets
of a company in liquidation available for payment of the claims of unsecured creditors are insufficient to pay the costs and expenses
of the liquidation and the preferential creditors, those costs, expenses and claims have priority over the claims of chargees
in respect of assets that are subject to a floating charge created by a company and shall be paid accordingly out of those assets.
The court has authority to order winding
up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so. Under
the Act and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound
up by a resolution of our shareholders.
Variation of Rights of Shares.
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of
a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under British
Virgin Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more
than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of the holders of a majority of
the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares
of that class.
Amendment of Governing Documents.
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval
of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted
by British Virgin Islands law, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may be amended with
a resolution of our shareholders or, with certain exception by resolutions of directors.
Rights of Non-resident or Foreign
Shareholders. There are no limitations imposed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association
on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are
no provisions in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold
above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
10.C. Material Contracts
Below is a summary of all material contracts
to which we are a party dated within the preceding two years from the date hereof:
In addition to the series of variable
interest entity agreements discussed under “Item 4A. History and Development of the Company,” we have entered into
the following material agreements.
Partnership Agreements with Jiangxi
Normal University and Hunan Agricultural University
We have entered into 5-year partnership
agreements in relation to preparation of Self-Study Examination with Jiangxi Normal University and Hunan Agricultural University,
each a major customer for our B2B2C services. Pursuant to each of these agreements, we have agreed to development, maintenance,
security and technical consulting services in relation to self-study examination preparation platform and online courses. Each
university will have the right to give students access to the platform and online courses. Under our partnership agreement with
Jiangxi Normal University, we are entitled to a service fee of RMB 100 (approximately $15.2) per course for online courses we
develop and a service fee of 20% to 30% of actual fee charged by the university, depending on how many times the course has been
used by students. Under our partnership agreement with Hunan Agricultural University, we are entitled to a service fee of RMB
90/course. We own intellectual property rights in connection with the platform and online courses. Each partnership agreement
contains customary confidentiality provisions.
10.D. Exchange Controls
British Virgin Islands
There are currently no exchange control
regulations in the British Virgin Islands applicable to us or our shareholders.
The PRC
China regulates foreign currency exchanges
primarily through the following rules and regulations:
|
●
|
Foreign Currency
Administration Rules of 1996, as amended; and
|
|
●
|
Administrative Rules
of the Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange of 1996.
|
As we disclosed in the risk factors above,
Renminbi is not a freely convertible currency at present. Under the current PRC regulations, conversion of Renminbi is permitted
in China for routine current-account foreign exchange transactions, including trade and service related foreign exchange transactions,
payment of dividends and service of foreign debts. Conversion of Renminbi for most capital-account items, such as direct investments,
investments in PRC securities markets and repatriation of investments, however, is still subject to the approval of SAFE.
Pursuant to the above-mentioned administrative
rules, foreign-invested enterprises may buy, sell and/or remit foreign currencies for current account transactions at banks in
China with authority to conduct foreign exchange business by complying with certain procedural requirements, such as presentment
of valid commercial documents. For capital-account transactions involving foreign direct investment, foreign debts and outbound
investment in securities and derivatives, approval from SAFE is a pre-condition. Capital investments by foreign-invested enterprises
outside China are subject to limitations and requirements in China, such as prior approvals from the PRC Ministry of Commerce
or SAFE.
10.E. Taxation
The following discussion of British
Virgin Islands, PRC and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares is based upon laws
and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this report, all of which are subject to change. This discussion
does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences
under state, local and other tax laws.
British Virgin Islands Taxation
The Company and all dividends, interest,
rents, royalties, compensation and other amounts paid by the Company to persons who are not resident in the BVI and any capital
gains realized with respect to any shares, debt obligations, or other securities of the Company by persons who are not resident
in the BVI are exempt from all provisions of the Income Tax Ordinance in the BVI.
No estate, inheritance, succession or
gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not resident in the BVI with respect to any shares, debt
obligation or other securities of the Company.
All instruments relating to transfers
of property to or by the Company and all instruments relating to transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other
securities of the Company and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to the business of the Company are exempt
from payment of stamp duty in the BVI. This assumes that the Company does not hold an interest in real estate in the BVI.
There are currently no withholding taxes
or exchange control regulations in the BVI applicable to the Company or its members.
People’s Republic of China Taxation
Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established
outside the PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise”
for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income.
Under the implementation rules to the EIT Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material
and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and
properties of an enterprise.
Our PRC subsidiary and PRC consolidated
VIE are companies incorporated under PRC law and, as such, are subject to PRC enterprise income tax on their taxable income in
accordance with the relevant PRC income tax laws. Pursuant to the EIT Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008 and
was amended on February 24, 2017, a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate is generally applicable to both foreign-invested enterprises
and domestic enterprises, except where a special preferential rate applies. The enterprise income tax is calculated based on the
entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards. We are subject to VAT at a rate of 6%
on the services we provide, less any deductible VAT we have already paid or borne. We are also subject to surcharges on VAT payments
in accordance with PRC law.
In addition, the SAT Circular 82 issued
by the SAT in April 2009 specifies that certain offshore incorporated enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise
groups will be classified as PRC resident enterprises if the following are located or resident in the PRC: senior management personnel
and departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management; financial and personnel decision making bodies;
key properties, accounting books, company seal, minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings; and half or more of
the senior management or directors having voting rights. Further to SAT Circular 82, the SAT issued the SAT Bulletin 45, which
took effect in September 2011 and was revised by the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Revising Certain
Taxation Normative Documents in 2018. SAT Circular 45 provides more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82. In particular,
SAT Bulletin 45 provides for procedures and administration details of determination on resident status and administration on post-determination
matters. Wah Fu is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in
its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the
resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside the PRC. As such, we do not believe that Wah Fu meet all of the conditions
above or are PRC resident enterprises for PRC tax purposes. For the same reasons, we believe our other entities outside of China
are not PRC resident enterprises either. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the
PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.”
There can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with us. If the PRC tax authorities
determine that our British Virgin Islands holding company is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes,
a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. One example is that a 10% withholding tax would be imposed on dividends
we pay to our non-PRC enterprise shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC enterprise shareholders from transferring
our shares and potentially a 20% of withholding tax would be imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC individual shareholders
and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC individual shareholders from transferring our shares s. See “Risk Factors—Risk
Related to Doing Business in China—Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a PRC “resident
enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification would likely result in unfavorable tax consequences
to us and our non-PRC shareholders and has a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.”
As a British Virgin Islands holding company,
we may receive dividends from our PRC subsidiaries. The EIT Law and its implementing rules provide that dividends paid by a PRC
entity to a non-resident enterprise for income tax purposes is subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, subject to reduction
by an applicable tax treaty with China. There is currently no such preferential tax treaty between China and British Virgin Islands.
In January 2009, the SAT promulgated the
Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, pursuant to
which the entities that have the direct obligation to make certain payments to a non-resident enterprise should be the relevant
tax withholders for the non-resident enterprise, and such payments include: income from equity investments (including dividends
and other return on investment), interest, rents, royalties and income from assignment of property as well as other incomes subject
to enterprise income tax received by non-resident enterprises in China. Further, the measures provide that in case of an equity
transfer between two non-resident enterprises which occurs outside China, the non-resident enterprise which receives the equity
transfer payment must, by itself or engage an agent to, file tax declaration with the PRC tax authority located at place of the
PRC company whose equity has been transferred, and the PRC company whose equity has been transferred should assist the tax authorities
to collect taxes from the relevant non-resident enterprise. The SAT issued a SAT Circular 59 together with the MOF in April 2009
and a SAT Circular 698 in December 2009. Both Circular 59 and Circular 698 became effective retroactively as of January 1,
2008. By promulgating and implementing these two circulars, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct
or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a non-resident enterprise. Under SAT Circular 698, where
a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC “resident enterprise” indirectly by disposition
of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, and such overseas holding company is located in certain low tax jurisdictions,
the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, must report to the relevant tax authority of the PRC “resident enterprise”
this Indirect Transfer. The PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable
commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived
from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of up to 10%. On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement
of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property Transfer by
Non-Resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7, to supersede existing provisions in relation to the Indirect Transfer as set forth
in Circular 698, while the other provisions of Circular 698 remain in force. SAT Bulletin 7 introduces a new tax regime that is
significantly different from that under Circular 698. Public Notice extends its tax jurisdiction to capture not only Indirect
Transfer as set forth under Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of immovable property in China and assets held
under the establishment and place, in China of a foreign company through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding
company. SAT Bulletin 7 also addresses transfer of the equity interest in a foreign intermediate holding company widely. In addition,
SAT Bulletin 7 provides clearer criteria than Circular 698 on how to assess reasonable commercial purposes and introduces safe
harbor scenarios applicable to internal group restructurings. However, it also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor
and transferee of the Indirect Transfer as they have to make self-assessment on whether the transaction should be subject to PRC
tax and to file or withhold the PRC tax accordingly. Although it appears that SAT Circular 698 and/or SAT Bulletin 7 was not intended
to apply to share transfers of publicly traded companies, there is uncertainty as to the application of SAT Circular 698 and/or
SAT Bulletin 7 and we and our non-resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and being taxed under
SAT Circular 698 and/or SAT Bulletin 7 and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Circular 698 or
to establish that we should not be taxed under SAT Circular 698 and/or SAT Bulletin 7.
On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the
Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Matters Concerning Withholding of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises
as Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which repealed the entire Circular 698 and the provision in relation to the time limit for the
withholding agent to declare to the competent tax authority for payment of such tax of SAT Bulletin 7. Pursuant to SAT Bulletin
37, the income from property transfer, as stipulated in the second item under Article 19 of the Law on Enterprise Income Tax,
shall include the income derived from transferring such equity investment assets as stock equity. The balance of deducting the
equity’s net value from the total income from equity transfer shall be taxable income from equity transfer. Where a withholding
agent enters into a business contract, involving the income specified in the third paragraph of Article 3 in the Law on Enterprise
Income Tax, with a non-resident enterprise, the tax-excluding income of the non-resident enterprise will be treated as the tax-including
income, based on which the tax payment will be calculated and remitted, if it is agreed in the contract that the withholding agent
shall assume the tax payable.
United States Federal Income Taxation
The following discussion is a summary
of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition
of our ordinary shares. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders that hold our ordinary shares as capital assets (generally,
property held for investment) and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This summary is based on U.S. tax laws
in effect as of the date of this report, on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed as of the date of
this report, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities
are subject to change, which could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. Moreover, this summary
does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, Medicare, backup withholding, and alternative minimum tax considerations, or any
state, local, and non-U.S. tax considerations, relating to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. The following
summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of
their individual circumstances or to persons in special tax situations such as:
|
●
|
banks and other
financial institutions;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
insurance companies;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
pension plans;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
cooperatives;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
regulated investment
companies;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
real estate investment
trusts;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
broker-dealers;
|
|
●
|
traders that elect
to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
certain former U.S.
citizens or long-term residents;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
tax-exempt entities
(including private foundations);
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
persons liable for
alternative minimum tax;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
persons holding
stock as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
persons that actually
or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock; or
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
partnerships or
other entities taxable as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons holding common stock through such
entities.
|
Investors are urged to consult their
own tax advisors regarding the application of U.S. federal taxation to their particular circumstances, and the state, local, non-U.S.,
or other tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S.
Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
●
|
an individual who
is a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
a corporation (or
other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under
the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
an estate, the income
of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
a trust that (1)
is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for
all substantial decisions, or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated
as a U.S. person.
|
If a partnership (or other entity treated
as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner
in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding
our ordinary shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our ordinary shares.
Passive Foreign Investment Company
Considerations
A non-U.S. corporation, such as our company,
will be classified as a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, if either (i) 75% or more of its
gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of
its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held
for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). For this purpose, cash and cash equivalents are categorized
as passive assets and the company’s goodwill and other unbooked intangibles are taken into account as non-passive assets.
Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of
passive assets. We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income
of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock.
Although the law in this regard is not
clear, we treat our consolidated VIEs as being owned by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes because we exercise effective
control over the consolidated VIEs and are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits. As a result, we consolidate
their results of operations in our consolidated U.S. GAAP financial statements. If it were determined that we are not the
owner of the consolidated VIEs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would likely be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable
year and any subsequent taxable year. Assuming that we are the owner of the VIEs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and based
upon our current and expected income and assets (including goodwill, other unbooked intangibles, and the cash proceeds following
our initial public offering), we do not presently expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future.
While we do not expect to be or become
a PFIC in the current or foreseeable taxable years, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether
we will be or become a PFIC is a factual determination made annually that will depend, in part, upon the composition of our income
and assets. Furthermore, the composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid
assets and the cash raised in our initial public offering. Under circumstances where our revenue from activities that produce
passive income significantly increase relative to our revenue from activities that produce non-passive income, or where we determine
not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of becoming classified as a PFIC may substantially increase.
In addition, because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, it is possible that the Internal Revenue
Service may challenge our classification of certain income and assets as non-passive or our valuation of our tangible and intangible
assets, each of which may result in our becoming a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. If we were classified as
a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder held our ordinary shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC for
all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder held our ordinary shares even if we cease to be a PFIC in subsequent years,
unless certain elections are made.
The discussion herein under “Dividends”
is written on the basis that we will not be or become classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are treated
as a PFIC, the U.S. federal income tax considerations that apply generally are discussed under “Passive Foreign Investment
Company Rules.”
10.F. Dividends and Paying Agents
Not Applicable.
10.G. Statement by Experts
Not Applicable.
10.H. Documents on Display
The Company is subject to the informational
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will file reports, registration statements and other information
with the SEC. The Company’s reports, registration statements and other information can be inspected on the SEC’s website
at www.sec.gov. You may also visit us on website at http://www.edu-edu.com. However, information contained on our website does
not constitute a part of this annual report.
10.I. Subsidiary Information
Not Applicable.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT
MARKET RISK
Foreign Exchange Risk
Our functional currency is RMB, and
our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. RMB has gradually appreciated against U.S. dollars over the past few
years. The average exchange rate for U.S. dollars against RMB has changed from US$1.00 for RMB 6.7116 in the year ended March
31, 2019 to US$1.00 for RMB 6.9662 in the year ended March 31, 2020. The change in the value of RMB relative to the U.S.
dollar may affect our financial results reported in the U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in
our business or results of operation. If using the average exchange rate of fiscal 2019, our revenue, cost of revenue and
total expenses, including selling expenses and general and administrative expenses, for the year ended March 31, 2020 would
increase by approximately $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
Currently, our assets, liabilities, revenues
and costs are denominated in RMB, our exposure to foreign exchange risk will primarily relate to those financial assets denominated
in U.S. dollars. Any significant revaluation of RMB against U.S. dollar may materially affect our earnings and financial position,
and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our ordinary shares in U.S. dollars in the future.
Credit Risk
As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, $1,889,093 and $1,113 of our
cash were on deposits at financial institutions in Hong Kong, are insured by Hong Kong Deposit Board and subject to a certain limitation
of HKD 500,000 (about $64,505). As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, $4,940,406 and $3,920,811 of our cash were on deposits at financial
institutions in the mainland China, where there currently is no rule or regulation requiring such financial institutions to maintain
insurance to cover bank deposits in the event of bank failure.
Accounts receivable are typically unsecured
and derived from revenue earned from customers, thereby exposed to credit risk. The risk is mitigated by the Company’s assessment
of its customers’ creditworthiness and its ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances.
Inflation Risk
Inflationary factors such as increases
in the cost of our product and overhead costs may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation
has had a material effect on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may
have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses
as a percentage of net sales if the selling prices of our services do not increase with these increased costs.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
None.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
As of
March 31,
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2019
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
6,833,891
|
|
|
$
|
3,927,718
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
542,913
|
|
|
|
1,781,360
|
|
Other receivables, net
|
|
|
143,920
|
|
|
|
75,213
|
|
Loan to third parties, current
|
|
|
42,316
|
|
|
|
490,420
|
|
Loan to related parties
|
|
|
2,537,532
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
150,213
|
|
|
|
146,058
|
|
Deferred offering costs
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
417,100
|
|
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
|
|
|
10,250,785
|
|
|
|
6,837,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan to third parties, noncurrent
|
|
|
579,335
|
|
|
|
89,404
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
775,465
|
|
|
|
868,802
|
|
Investments in unconsolidated entities
|
|
|
10,977
|
|
|
|
283,113
|
|
Operating lease right-of-use assets
|
|
|
603,553
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Long-term rent deposit
|
|
|
73,049
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
272,115
|
|
|
|
403,466
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
12,565,279
|
|
|
$
|
8,482,654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to related parties
|
|
$
|
286,353
|
|
|
$
|
252,874
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,524,918
|
|
|
|
620,332
|
|
Operating lease liabilities, current
|
|
|
254,332
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Taxes payable
|
|
|
314,052
|
|
|
|
318,685
|
|
Other payables
|
|
|
189,201
|
|
|
|
268,550
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
|
|
|
335,699
|
|
|
|
324,510
|
|
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
|
|
|
2,904,555
|
|
|
|
1,784,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent
|
|
|
361,595
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES
|
|
|
3,266,150
|
|
|
|
1,784,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 30,000,000
shares authorized; 4,381,033 and 3,200,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019,
respectively *
|
|
|
43,810
|
|
|
|
32,000
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
4,799,384
|
|
|
|
217,395
|
|
Statutory reserve
|
|
|
231,424
|
|
|
|
222,180
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
4,723,999
|
|
|
|
6,421,944
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(734,028
|
)
|
|
|
(407,169
|
)
|
Total shareholders’ equity
|
|
|
9,064,589
|
|
|
|
6,486,350
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
234,540
|
|
|
|
211,353
|
|
TOTAL EQUITY
|
|
|
9,299,129
|
|
|
|
6,697,703
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
|
$
|
12,565,279
|
|
|
$
|
8,482,654
|
|
|
*
|
Retrospectively restated
for effect of stock split and reorganization
|
The accompanying
notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVENUE
|
|
$
|
5,637,370
|
|
|
$
|
5,358,023
|
|
|
$
|
5,967,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COST OF REVENUE AND RELATED TAX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
3,346,588
|
|
|
|
2,816,331
|
|
|
|
2,202,368
|
|
Business and sales related tax
|
|
|
40,377
|
|
|
|
38,048
|
|
|
|
27,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GROSS PROFIT
|
|
|
2,250,405
|
|
|
|
2,503,644
|
|
|
|
3,738,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling expenses
|
|
|
1,314,403
|
|
|
|
1,441,165
|
|
|
|
1,084,599
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
2,507,186
|
|
|
|
2,301,070
|
|
|
|
1,581,307
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
3,821,589
|
|
|
|
3,742,235
|
|
|
|
2,665,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
|
|
|
(1,571,184
|
)
|
|
|
(1,238,591
|
)
|
|
|
1,072,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
135,359
|
|
|
|
126,663
|
|
|
|
177,723
|
|
Gain from investments in unconsolidated entities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
56,421
|
|
Other income (expenses)
|
|
|
7,236
|
|
|
|
(3,403
|
)
|
|
|
(11,138
|
)
|
Total other income, net
|
|
|
142,595
|
|
|
|
123,260
|
|
|
|
223,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION
|
|
|
(1,428,589
|
)
|
|
|
(1,115,331
|
)
|
|
|
1,295,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
212,498
|
|
|
|
(96,804
|
)
|
|
|
92,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
(1,641,087
|
)
|
|
|
(1,018,527
|
)
|
|
|
1,203,477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest
|
|
|
47,614
|
|
|
|
(72,344
|
)
|
|
|
58,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED
|
|
$
|
(1,688,701
|
)
|
|
$
|
(946,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,144,603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(1,641,087
|
)
|
|
|
(1,018,527
|
)
|
|
|
1,203,477
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss): foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(351,286
|
)
|
|
|
(522,250
|
)
|
|
|
676,673
|
|
Total comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(1,992,373
|
)
|
|
|
(1,540,777
|
)
|
|
|
1,880,150
|
|
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest
|
|
|
23,187
|
|
|
|
(71,411
|
)
|
|
|
74,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED
|
|
$
|
(2,015,560
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,469,366
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,805,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share - basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
Weighted average shares - basic and diluted*
|
|
|
4,290,681
|
|
|
|
3,200,000
|
|
|
|
3,200,000
|
|
|
*
|
Retrospectively restated
for effect of stock split and reorganization
|
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
WAH FU EDUCATION COMPANY LIMITED AND
SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATION STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Statutory
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shareholders’
|
|
|
controlling
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Shares*
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Reserve
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, March 31, 2017
|
|
|
3,200,000
|
|
|
$
|
32,000
|
|
|
$
|
217,395
|
|
|
$
|
64,190
|
|
|
$
|
6,381,514
|
|
|
$
|
(544,852
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,150,247
|
|
|
$
|
101,797
|
|
|
$
|
6,252,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
41,119
|
|
|
|
41,119
|
|
Net income for the year
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,144,603
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,144,603
|
|
|
|
58,874
|
|
|
|
1,203,477
|
|
Appropriation of statutory reserves
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
152,811
|
|
|
|
(152,811
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Foreign currency translation gain
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
660,867
|
|
|
|
660,867
|
|
|
|
15,806
|
|
|
|
676,673
|
|
Balance, March 31, 2018
|
|
|
3,200,000
|
|
|
$
|
32,000
|
|
|
$
|
217,395
|
|
|
$
|
217,001
|
|
|
$
|
7,373,306
|
|
|
$
|
116,015
|
|
|
$
|
7,955,717
|
|
|
$
|
217,596
|
|
|
$
|
8,173,313
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
65,168
|
|
|
|
65,168
|
|
Net loss for the year
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(946,183
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(946,183
|
)
|
|
|
(72,344
|
)
|
|
|
(1,018,527
|
)
|
Appropriation of statutory reserve
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
5,179
|
|
|
|
(5,179
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(523,184
|
)
|
|
|
(523,184
|
)
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
(522,251
|
)
|
Balance, March 31, 2019
|
|
|
3,200,000
|
|
|
$
|
32,000
|
|
|
$
|
217,395
|
|
|
$
|
222,180
|
|
|
$
|
6,421,944
|
|
|
$
|
(407,169
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,486,350
|
|
|
$
|
211,353
|
|
|
$
|
6,697,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock issued net of stock issuance costs of $1,311,365
|
|
|
1,181,033
|
|
|
|
11,810
|
|
|
|
4,581,989
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,593,799
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,593,799
|
|
Net income (loss) for the year
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,688,701
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,688,701
|
)
|
|
|
47,614
|
|
|
|
(1,641,087
|
)
|
Appropriation of statutory reserve
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9,244
|
|
|
|
(9,244
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Foreign currency translation loss
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(326,859
|
)
|
|
|
(326,859
|
)
|
|
|
(24,427
|
)
|
|
|
(351,286
|
)
|
Balance, March 31, 2020
|
|
|
4,381,033
|
|
|
$
|
43,810
|
|
|
$
|
4,799,384
|
|
|
$
|
231,424
|
|
|
$
|
4,723,999
|
|
|
$
|
(734,028
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,064,589
|
|
|
$
|
234,540
|
|
|
$
|
9,299,129
|
|
|
*
|
Retrospectively restated
for effect of stock split and reorganization
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
WAH FU EDUCATION COMPANY LIMITED AND
SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
For the Year Ended
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2018
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,641,087
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,018,527
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,203,477
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
164,942
|
|
|
|
131,024
|
|
|
|
121,934
|
|
Non-cash lease expense
|
|
|
201,751
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Loss from disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
9,816
|
|
|
|
2,502
|
|
|
|
663
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(68,359
|
)
|
|
|
444,480
|
|
|
|
142,781
|
|
Provision for investments in unconsolidated entity
|
|
|
261,574
|
|
|
|
76,425
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Income/(loss) from investments in unconsolidated entities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(56,421
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(89,736
|
)
|
|
|
(24,586
|
)
|
|
|
(2,417
|
)
|
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
111,757
|
|
|
|
(106,431
|
)
|
|
|
(155,839
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
1,231,955
|
|
|
|
(227,286
|
)
|
|
|
(1,384,009
|
)
|
Other receivable
|
|
|
(70,214
|
)
|
|
|
(46,538
|
)
|
|
|
32,444
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
(11,010
|
)
|
|
|
22,168
|
|
|
|
(131,782
|
)
|
Deferred offering costs
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(262,587
|
)
|
|
|
(156,457
|
)
|
Long-term rent deposit
|
|
|
(78,139
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
954,315
|
|
|
|
300,771
|
|
|
|
(215,789
|
)
|
Taxes payable
|
|
|
12,600
|
|
|
|
(130,387
|
)
|
|
|
119,604
|
|
Other payable
|
|
|
102,091
|
|
|
|
203,917
|
|
|
|
(48,980
|
)
|
Operating lease liabilities
|
|
|
(183,756
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
|
|
|
29,018
|
|
|
|
121,745
|
|
|
|
89,144
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
937,518
|
|
|
|
(513,310
|
)
|
|
|
(441,647
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(75,041
|
)
|
|
|
(350,284
|
)
|
|
|
(556,278
|
)
|
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Proceeds from loans to third parties
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
446,987
|
|
|
|
241,440
|
|
Payments made for loans to third parties
|
|
|
(42,316
|
)
|
|
|
(89,397
|
)
|
|
|
(995,941
|
)
|
Payments made for loans to a related party
|
|
|
(2,501,825
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from disposal of investment in unconsolidated entity
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
52,815
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(2,619,099
|
)
|
|
|
7,370
|
|
|
|
(1,257,949
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in due to related parties
|
|
|
29,721
|
|
|
|
(53,444
|
)
|
|
|
310,215
|
|
Net proceeds from initial public offering ("IPO")
|
|
|
4,821,472
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Capital contribution by shareholders of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
65,168
|
|
|
|
41,119
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
4,851,193
|
|
|
|
11,724
|
|
|
|
351,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate fluctuation on cash
|
|
|
(263,439
|
)
|
|
|
(301,021
|
)
|
|
|
470,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
|
|
|
2,906,173
|
|
|
|
(795,237
|
)
|
|
|
(877,813
|
)
|
Cash at beginning of the year
|
|
|
3,927,718
|
|
|
|
4,722,955
|
|
|
|
5,600,768
|
|
Cash at end of the year
|
|
$
|
6,833,891
|
|
|
$
|
3,927,718
|
|
|
$
|
4,722,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
91,524
|
|
|
$
|
141,589
|
|
|
$
|
135,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations
|
|
$
|
816,057
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Payable for capitalized software development costs
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
25,458
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
financial statements.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS
DESCRIPTION
Wah Fu Education Group Limited
(“Wah Fu”) was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on July 23, 2012. Wah Fu is a holding company
whose primary purpose is to develop business opportunities in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”).
Wah Fu Education Holding Limited (“Wah Fu Holding”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Wah Fu, which was established on
May 19, 2016 in Hong Kong, China.
In December 2012, Wah Fu acquired
100% equity interest of Beijing Huaxia Dadi Distance Learning Services Co., Ltd. (“Distance Learning”) and its Variable
Interest Entity (“VIE”), Beijing Huaxia Dadi Digital Information Technology Co., Ltd (“Digital Information”),
with a consideration totaling Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) 2,000,000 (approximately $0.3 million). Distance Learning is
a Chinese nation-wide online education services provider founded on December 23, 1999. Digital Information is a technological development
and operation services provider founded on September 14, 2000. Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment
in, among other areas, value-added telecommunications services, which include internet content providers, or ICPs, Wah Fu cannot
have a direct ownership in Digital Information. As an alternative, Distance Learning entered into a series of contractual agreements
with the owners of Digital Information. These agreements include an Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, an Equity Interest
Pledge Agreement, an Exclusive Option Agreement and Powers of Attorney.
Pursuant to the above agreements,
Distance Learning has the exclusive right to provide Digital Information consulting services related to business operations including
technology and management. All the above contractual agreements obligate Distance Learning to absorb a majority of the risk of
loss from Digital Information’s activities and entitle Distance Learning to receive a majority of their residual returns.
In essence, Distance Learning has gained effective control over Digital Information. Therefore, the Company believes that Digital
Information should be considered as VIE under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 “Consolidation”. Accordingly, the accounts of Digital Information are
consolidated with those of Distance Learning and ultimately are consolidated into those of Wah Fu.
On July 20, 2015, Wah Fu established Shanghai
Xin Fu Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Xin Fu”), a wholly foreign-owned enterprise (the “WFOE”)
under the laws of the PRC. Shanghai Xin Fu owns 100% equity interest of Shanghai Xia Shu Network Technology Co., Ltd, (“Shanghai
Xia Shu”), a company formed on April 29, 2016 under the laws of PRC. On June 15, 2015, Hunan Huafu Haihui Learning Technology
Co., Ltd. (“Hunan Huafu”) was incorporated in Hunan Province, China. Shanghai Xia Shu owned 75% equity interest of
Hunan Huafu, and the other 25% equity interest is owned by two unrelated individual shareholders. On September 9, 2019, Shanghai
Xia Shu transferred 75% equity interest of Hunan Huafu to Digital Information with a consideration of RMB 100 (approximately $14).
On March 8, 2017, Nanjing Suyun
Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Nanjing Suyun”) was founded in Jiangsu Province, China. Distance Learning owns 70%
equity interest of Nanjing Suyun, and the other 30% equity interest is owned by an individual shareholder. On March 15, 2017, Huaxia
MOOC Internet Technology Co., Ltd. (“Huaxia MOOC”) was founded in Hubei Province, China. Distance Learning owns 51%
equity interest of Huaxia MOOC, and the other 49% equity interest is owned by three unrelated individual shareholders, respectively.
On April 25, 2017, Guizhou Huafu
Qianyun Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Guizhou Huafu”) was established in Guizhou Province, China. Distance Learning
owns 51% equity interest of Guizhou Huafu, and the other 49% equity interest is owned by a third party company.
On May 21, 2018, Fuzhou Huafu
Mingjiao Technology Co., Ltd. (“Fuzhou Huafu”) was established in Fujian Province, China. Distance Learning owns 65%
equity interest of Fuzhou Huafu, and three individual shareholders own 25%, 6% and 4% equity interest of Fuzhou Huafu, respectively.
On June 26, 2018, Liaoning Huafu
Zhongtai Learning Technology Co., Ltd. (“Liaoning Huafu”) was established in Liaoning Province, China. Digital information
owns 70% equity interest of Liaoning Huafu, and a third party company and one individual shareholder own 25% and 5% equity interest
of Liaoning Huafu, respectively.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
On September 18, 2018, Beijing
Huafu Silu International Learing Technology Co., Ltd. (“Huafu Silu”) was established in Beijing, China. Shanghai Xia
Shu owns 51% equity interest of Huafu Silu, and the other 49% equity interest is owned by two individual shareholders. Huafu Silu
was dissolved on March 4, 2020.
On August 14, 2019, Guangxi
Huafu Quanping Education Technology Cot., Ltd. (“Guangxi Huafu”) was established in Guangxi Province, China. Distance
Learning owns 55% equity interest of Guangxi Huafu, and the other 45% equity interest is owned by a third party company.
On October 21, 2019, Huafu Wanrun
(Guangzhou) Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Guangzhou Huafu”), was established in Guangdong Province, China. Digital
Information owns 60% equity interest of Guangzhou Huafu, and the other 40% equity interest is owned by two individual shareholders.
On November 8, 2019, Sichuan
Huafu Gengyun Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Sichuan Huafu”), was established in Sichuan Province, China. Digital
Information owns 60% equity interest of Sichuan Huafu, and the other 40% equity interest is owned by two individual shareholders.
Wah Fu, its subsidiaries and
its subsidiary’s consolidated VIE (collectively, the “Company”) are primarily engaged in providing online education
services and technological development and operation services in China.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Wah Fu, its subsidiaries and
its subsidiary’s VIE. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Company
|
|
Date of establishment
|
|
Place of
establishment
|
|
Percentage of legal
ownership by
Wah Fu
|
|
Principal activities
|
Subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wah Fu Holding
|
|
May 19, 2016
|
|
Hong Kong, PRC
|
|
100%
|
|
Holding Company
|
Distance Learning
|
|
December 23, 1999
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
100 %
|
|
Provider of online education services and technological development and operation services
|
Shanghai Xin Fu
|
|
July 20, 2015
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
100%
|
|
Inactive
|
Shanghai Xia Shu
|
|
April 29, 2016
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
100%
|
|
Inactive
|
Hunan Huafu
|
|
June 15, 2015
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
75%
|
|
Provider of online education services
|
Nanjing Suyun
|
|
March 8, 2017
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
70%
|
|
Provider of online education services
|
Huaxia MOOC
|
|
March 15, 2017
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
51%
|
|
Provider of online education services
|
Guizhou Huafu
|
|
April 25, 2017
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
51%
|
|
Provider of online education services
|
Fuzhou Huafu
|
|
May 21, 2018
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
65%
|
|
Provider of online education services
|
Liaoning Huafu
|
|
June 26, 2018
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
70%
|
|
Provider of online education services
|
Guangxi Huafu
|
|
August 14, 2019
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
55%
|
|
Inactive
|
Huafu Silu*
|
|
September 18, 2018
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
51%
|
|
Inactive
|
Guangzhou Huafu
|
|
October 21, 2019
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
60%
|
|
Inactive
|
Sichuan Huafu
|
|
November 8, 2019
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
60%
|
|
Inactive
|
Variable interest entity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Digital Information
|
|
September 14, 2000
|
|
Mainland, PRC
|
|
Nil
|
|
Provider of technological development and operation service and holder of Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) License
|
|
*
|
Huafu Silu was dissolved on March 4, 2020.
|
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
In
accordance with accounting standards regarding consolidation of variable interest entities, VIEs are generally entities that lack
sufficient equity to finance their activities without additional financial support from other parties or whose equity holders lack
adequate decision making ability. The VIE with which the Company is involved must be evaluated to determine the primary beneficiary
of the risks and rewards of the VIE. The primary beneficiary is required to consolidate the VIE for financial reporting purposes.
The Company has determined that Distance Learning is the primary beneficiary of Digital Information’s risks and rewards.
The following tables set
forth the assets, liabilities, results of operations and changes in cash of the VIE, Digital Information, which were included in
the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations and comprehensive loss and cash flows:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
149,289
|
|
|
$
|
84,730
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
62,577
|
|
|
|
600,994
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
211,866
|
|
|
|
685,724
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
142,711
|
|
|
|
182,534
|
|
Intercompany payables*
|
|
|
3,020,067
|
|
|
|
2,326,076
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
3,162,778
|
|
|
|
2,508,610
|
|
Net assets
|
|
$
|
(2,950,912
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,822,886
|
)
|
|
*
|
Intercompany payables are
eliminated upon consolidation.
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
March 31,
2019
|
|
|
March 31,
2018
|
|
Revenue*
|
|
$
|
309,380
|
|
|
$
|
1,585,677
|
|
|
$
|
822,349
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(1,247,053
|
)
|
|
$
|
(36,887
|
)
|
|
$
|
(380,018
|
)
|
|
*
|
Intercompany sales are eliminated
upon consolidation.
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
March 31,
2019
|
|
|
March 31,
2018
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities*
|
|
$
|
100,016
|
|
|
$
|
51,611
|
|
|
$
|
6,812
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(1,477
|
)
|
|
|
(14,017
|
)
|
|
|
(7,384
|
)
|
Effect of exchange rate fluctuation on cash
|
|
|
(4,103
|
)
|
|
|
(1,039
|
)
|
|
|
1,458
|
|
Net increase in cash
|
|
$
|
94,436
|
|
|
$
|
36,555
|
|
|
$
|
886
|
|
|
*
|
Intercompany operating activities
are eliminated upon consolidation.
|
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Non-controlling Interests
U.S. GAAP requires that non-controlling
interests in subsidiaries and affiliates be reported in the equity section of a company’s balance sheets. In addition, the
amounts attributable to the net income of those subsidiaries are reported separately in the consolidated statements of operations
and comprehensive income (loss).
Uses of estimates
The preparation of consolidated
financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during each reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the allowances
for doubtful accounts, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, estimated useful lives and fair value in connection with the
impairment of property and equipment, and lease assumptions. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Cash
The Company considers all
highly liquid investment instruments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various
financial institutions mainly in the mainland China and Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of PRC (the “Hong Kong”).
Balances in banks in the mainland China are uninsured. Balances in banks in Hong Kong are insured by Hong Kong Deposit Board and
subject to a certain limitation.
Accounts receivable,
net
Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at original invoiced
amount less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company usually grants credit to customers with good credit
standing with a maximum of 90 days. As China's online education market is intensely competitive in recent years, in order to retain
existing and attract new universities, educational institutions and technological service customers to capture additional market
share, the Company extends more credit sales with longer credit terms to certain customers which have a well-established business
relationship with the Company for more than five years, such as the B2B2C customers, Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics,
Jiangxi University of Science and Technology, Xinyu University, Nanchang University and the technological service customer, World
Publishing (Shanghai) Co., Ltd..
As of March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019,
the accounts receivable derived from the B2B2C services were $0.54 million and $0.52 million respectively, and the accounts receivable
derived from technological development and operation services were nil and $1.26 million respectively. There were no accounts receivable
derived from the B2C services. As of March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, nil and $1.24 million, respectively, of accounts receivable
were due from customers accounting for 10% or more of total outstanding receivables and/or 10% or more of total revenues.
The Company determines the
adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collections. The Company establishes
a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Company may not be able to collect amounts due.
The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision
on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded against accounts receivable balances, with a corresponding charge
recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Actual amounts received may differ from
management’s estimate of credit worthiness and the economic environment. Delinquent account balances are written-off against
the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable. As of March
31, 2020 and 2019, the allowances for doubtful accounts were $511,037 and $610,816, respectively.
As of March 31, 2020 and 2019,
accounts receivable aging more than 3 months and less than 12 months were $294,343 and $1,069,340 respectively, accounts receivable
aging more than 12 months were $108 and $413,429, respectively.
Loans to third parties
Loans to third parties are cash advances mainly used for short-term
funding to unrelated companies with which the Company has business relationships. To earn interest income with relatively low risk,
the Company provided loans from time to time. The interest rate of these loans was 6% per annum. Loans to third parties are reviewed
periodically as to whether their carrying values remain realizable.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Property and equipment,
net
Property and equipment is
stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is provided on a straight-line basis,
less estimated residual value, over an asset’s estimated useful life. Following are the estimated useful lives of the Company’s
property and equipment:
|
|
Estimated useful lives
|
Buildings
|
|
20 years
|
Electronic equipment
|
|
4 - 5 years
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
4 - 5 years
|
Motor vehicles
|
|
4 - 5 years
|
Software
|
|
5 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
The shorter of the lease term and useful life
|
Repair and maintenance costs
are charged to expense as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterment that extends the useful lives of property and equipment
are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the cost
and accumulated depreciation from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts with any resulting gain or loss reflected in
the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in other income or expenses.
Capitalized software development
costs
The Company capitalizes the
costs incurred during the application development stage, which include direct costs mainly consisting of payroll and payroll related
taxes and benefits. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached
the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the software is substantially
complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon the completion of all substantial testing. The Company also
capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable that the expenditures will result in additional
features and functionality. Maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis
over its estimated useful life, generally five years.
Impairment of long-lived
assets
The Company assesses its long-lived
assets such as property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of
an asset may not be recoverable. Factors which may indicate potential impairment include a significant underperformance related
to the historical or projected future operating results or a significant negative industry or economic trend. Recoverability of
these assets is measured by comparison of their carrying amounts to future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate.
If property and equipment and certain identifiable intangibles are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals
the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds their fair value. The Company did not record any impairment loss on
its long-lived assets during the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Investments in unconsolidated
entities
The Company’s investments
in unconsolidated entities consist of equity method investments and equity investments without readily determinable fair value.
The Company follows ASC Topic
321, Investments Equity Securities (“ASC 321”) to account for investments that do not have readily determinable fair
value and over which the Company does not have significant influence. The Company uses the measurement alternative to measure those
investments at cost, less any impairment, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions
for identical or similar investments of the same issuer, if any.
For an investee over which
the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but does not own a controlling interest, the Company accounts for
that investment using the equity method. Significant influence is generally considered to exist when the Company has an ownership
interest in the voting stock of the investee between 20% and 50%. Other factors, such as representation on the investee’s
board of directors, voting rights and the impact of commercial arrangements, are also considered in determining whether the equity
method of accounting is appropriate.
An impairment charge is recorded if the
carrying amount of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than temporary. The Company
recorded impairment loss of $261,574, $76,425 and nil on its equity method investments during the years ended March 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018, respectively.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Revenue recognition
The Company previously recognized
revenue when the following four criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the service has been rendered,
(iii) the fees are fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.
On April 1, 2018, the Company
adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (FASB ASC Topic 606) (“ASC
606”) using the modified retrospective method under which cumulative effects are recognized at the date of the initial application
of ASC 606. With the adoption of ASC 606, revenue is recognized when all of the following five steps are met: (i) identify the
contract(s) with the customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price;
(iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; (v) recognize revenue when (or as) each performance obligation
is satisfied. The Company believes that its current revenue recognition policies are generally consistent with the new revenue
recognition standards set forth in ASC 606. Based on the Company’s assessment, potential adjustments to input measures are
not expected to be pervasive to the majority of its contracts. As such, the Company has concluded that the adoption of this new
guidance will not result in a material cumulative catch-up adjustment to the opening balance sheet or retained earnings at the
effective date or any other material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Online education service
The online education services
provided by the Company to its customers are an integrated service, including audio-video course content, mock examinations and
online chat rooms during the subscription service period. Audio-video course content, mock examinations and online chat rooms are
not practical to be sold on standalone basis and have never been sold separately. Therefore, the Company’s contracts have
a single performance obligation for an integrated service and the transaction price is stated in the contracts, usually as a price
per student or course. Quantity of students enrolled or courses provided is determined before rendering service. The Company typically
satisfies its performance obligations in contracts with customers upon render of the services. For examination service, the revenue
is recognized at a point in time when customer/student completes the examination on the platform. At this point in time, customer/student
is able to direct use of and obtain substantially all of the benefits from the online education platform at the time the services
are delivered. Except examination service, all other revenues for the online education service are recognized on a straight line
basis over the subscription period from the month in which students enroll in the courses to the month in which the subscriptions
expire. The subscription period for a majority of the online education services is six months or less. Customer/student can access
to the courses. anytime during the subscription period. The online education services include online education cloud services (“B2B2C”),
which are provided through educational institutions to individual students, and online training services (“B2C”), which
are provided to students directly. B2C services can be cancelled and is refundable no later than 24 hours after enrollment. B2B2C
services cannot be cancelled and is not refundable after enrollment. All estimates are based on the Company’s historical
experience, complete satisfaction of the performance obligation, and the Company’s best judgment at the time the estimates
are made. Returns and allowances are not a significant aspect of the revenue recognition process as historically they have been
immaterial.
Technological development and operation service
Revenues from technological
development service, including information technology system design and cloud platform development, are recognized when the system
or platform are delivered and accepted by the customers. , normally within a year. Upon delivery of services, project completion
inspection and customer acceptance notice are required as proof of the completion of performance obligations, which is a confirmation
of customer to its ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the benefits from, the design and development service.
In instances where substantive completion inspection and customer acceptance provisions are specified in contracts, revenues are
deferred until all inspection and acceptance criteria have been met.
From time to time, the Company
enters into arrangement to provide technological support and maintenance service of online platforms to its customers. the Company’s
efforts are expended evenly throughout the service period. The revenues for the technological support and maintenance service are
recognized over the support and maintenance services period., usually from 3 months to one year. The Company’s contracts
have a single performance obligation and are primarily on a fixed-price basis. No significant returns, refund and other similar
obligations during each reporting period.
The core principle underlying
the revenue recognition ASU is that the Company will recognize revenue to represent the transfer of services to customers in an
amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to in such exchange. This will require the Company
to identify contractual performance obligations and determine whether revenue should be recognized at a point in time or over time,
based on when services are provided to a customer
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Revenue recognition (Continued)
The following table summarizes disaggregated revenue from contracts
with customers by timing of revenue recognition:
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
March 31,
2019
|
|
|
March 31,
2018
|
|
Services transferred at a point in time
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from Online Education Services
|
|
$
|
219,912
|
|
|
$
|
126,665
|
|
|
$
|
786,876
|
|
Revenue from Technological Development and Operation Services
|
|
|
91,757
|
|
|
|
943,686
|
|
|
|
413,457
|
|
Services transferred over time
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from Online Education Services
|
|
|
5,150,788
|
|
|
|
4,058,931
|
|
|
|
4,235,209
|
|
Revenue from Technological Development and Operation Services
|
|
|
174,913
|
|
|
|
228,741
|
|
|
|
532,354
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,637,370
|
|
|
$
|
5,358,023
|
|
|
$
|
5,967,896
|
|
The Company’s accounts
receivable consist primarily of receivables related to providing online education services to enrolled students, and contract receivable
associated with providing technological development and operation services to education institutions, in which the Company’s
contracted performance obligations have been satisfied, amount billed and the Company has an unconditional right to payment. Payment
terms and conditions vary by contract types. For most of B2B2C contracts and technical development and operation service contracts,
payment is due from customers within 30 days of the invoice date, and the contracts do not have significant financing components.
The Company’s revenue is recognized when control of the promised services is rendered over the service period and the payment
from customers is not contingent on a future event, and the Company’s right to consideration in exchange for services that
the Company has transferred to a customer is only conditioned on the passage of time. Therefore, the Company does not have any
contract assets. The Company also does not have significant capitalized commissions or other costs as of March 31, 2020 and 2019.
The Company’s contract
liability, which is reflected in its consolidated balance sheets as deferred revenue, represents the Company’s unsatisfied
performance obligations as of March 31, 2020 and 2019. This is primarily composed of revenue for online course tuition received
in advance from B2C services and B2B2C services. If a course is provided over a period end,
deferred revenue is recorded for the revenue related to the course conducted in the next period. Normally, the deferred revenue
is recognized as revenue within 6 months.
The opening and closing balances of the Company’s deferred
revenue are as follows:
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
March 31,
2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
620,332
|
|
|
$
|
341,436
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
|
1,524,918
|
|
|
|
620,332
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
904,586
|
|
|
$
|
278,896
|
|
The amounts of revenue recognized
in the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 that were included in the opening deferred revenue were $620,332 and $341,436, respectively.
Such revenue consists primarily of revenues from online education services.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Income taxes
The Company accounts for income
taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences
between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax
assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The provisions of ASC 740-10-25,
“Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial
statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also
provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets
and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Company does
not believe that there was any uncertain tax position at March 31, 2020 and 2019.
Value added tax (“VAT”)
Sales revenue derived from
the invoiced online education service, and technological development and operation service is subject to VAT since 2014. Prior
to that, the Company was subject to a fixed rate of business tax of 3%. The applicable VAT rates are 6% and 3% for the entities
that are general taxpayer and small-scale taxpayer, respectively. Distance Learning and Digital Information are both considered
VAT general taxpayers since June 2015. Hunan Huafu became to a VAT general taxpayer since August 2018. Shanghai Xia Shu, Shanghai
Xin Fu, Nanjing Suyun, Guizhou Huafu, Fuzhou Huafu , Liaoning Huafu ,Guangxi Huafu, Sichuan Huafu and Guangzhou Huafu are VAT small-scale
taxpayers since the date of incorporation.
Entities that are VAT general
taxpayers are allowed to offset qualified input VAT paid to suppliers against their output VAT liabilities. Net VAT balance between
input VAT and output VAT is recorded in the line item of taxes payable on the consolidated balance sheets. All of the VAT returns
of the Company have been and remain subject to examination by the tax authorities for five years from the date of filing.
Leases
On April 1, 2019, the Company
adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). For all leases that were entered into prior to the effective date of Topic 842, the Company
elected to apply the package of practical expedients. Based on this guidance the Company did not reassess the following: (1) whether
any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases; (2) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases; and (3)
initial direct costs for any existing leases. The adoption of Topic 842 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
The adoption of Topic 842
resulted in the presentation of approximately $47,000 of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities on the consolidated
balance sheet as of April 1, 2019. See Note 9 for additional information.
The Company determines if
an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets,
operating lease liabilities, current, and operating lease liabilities, non-current on the Company’s consolidated balance
sheets.
Operating lease ROU assets
and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term
at commencement date. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing
rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The operating
lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. The Company’s
lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that
option. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Foreign currency translation
Since the Company
operates in the PRC, the Company’s functional currency is the Chinese RMB. The Company’s consolidated financial
statements have been translated into the reporting currency, the United States Dollar (“USD”). Assets and
liabilities of the Company are translated at the exchange rate at each reporting period end date. Equity is translated at
historical rates. Income and expense accounts are translated at the average rate of exchange during the reporting period. The
resulting translation adjustments are reported under other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from the
translations of foreign currency transactions and balances are reflected in the result of operations. RMB is not freely
convertible into foreign currency and all foreign exchange transactions must take place through authorized institutions. No
representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into USD at the rates used in
translation.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Earnings (loss) per
share
The Company computes earnings
(loss) per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC 260”). ASC
260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income (loss)
divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is similar to basic EPS but presents the
dilutive effect on a per share basis of potential common shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they
had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential common shares that have an
anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation
of diluted EPS.
Comprehensive income
(loss)
Comprehensive income (loss)
consists of two components, net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). The foreign currency translation gain or loss
resulting from translation of the financial statements expressed in RMB to USD is reported in other comprehensive income (loss)
in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
Fair value of financial
instruments
The Company follows the provisions
of FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 clarifies the definition
of fair value, prescribes methods for measuring fair value, and establishes a fair value hierarchy to classify the inputs used
in measuring fair value as follows:
Level 1 - Inputs are unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities available at the measurement date.
Level 2 - Inputs are unadjusted
quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities
in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, and inputs derived from or corroborated by
observable market data.
Level 3 - Inputs are unobservable
inputs which reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions on what assumptions the market participants would use in pricing
the asset or liability based on the best available information.
The carrying amounts reported
in the balance sheets for cash, accounts receivable, other receivables, loans to third parties, current, other current assets,
deferred offering costs, due to related parties, deferred revenue, operating lease liabilities, current, taxes payable, other payables,
accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate their fair value based on the short-term maturity of these instruments.
Risks and uncertainties
The operations of the Company
are located in the PRC. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced
by the political, economic, and legal environments in the PRC, as well as by the general state of the PRC economy. The Company’s
operations in the PRC are subject to special considerations and significant risks not typically associated with companies in North
America and Western Europe. These include risks associated with, among other factors, the political, economic and legal environment
and foreign currency exchange. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political, regulatory and
social conditions in the PRC, and by changes in governmental policies or interpretations with respect to laws and regulations,
anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion, remittances abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things. Although
the Company has not experienced losses from these situations and believes that it is in compliance with existing laws and regulations,
this may not be indicative of future results.
In December 2019, a novel strain
of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was first identified in Wuhan, China. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization
declared COVID-19 a pandemic—the first pandemic caused by a coronavirus. The outbreak has reached more than 160 countries,
resulting in the implementation of significant governmental measures, including lockdowns, closures, quarantines, and travel bans,
intended to control the spread of the virus. The Chinese government has ordered quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary
closure of stores and facilities. Companies are also taking precautions, such as requiring employees to work remotely, imposing
travel restrictions and temporarily closing businesses.
Because of the shelter-in-place
orders and travel restrictions mandated by the Chinese government, employees of the Company could not return to work on time after
the Chinese New Year, which adversely impacted the Company’s business operations and sales. Although the operations and sales
have started to recover since early March 2020, if COVID-19 further impacts its business operations and sales, the Company’s
financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could continue to be adversely affected.
Although the COVID-19 outbreak seems
to have been under relative control in China since May 2020, it may continue to materially adversely affect the
Company’s business operations and condition and operating results for 2020, including but not limited to material
negative impact on its total revenue, slower collection of accounts receivables, and additional allowance for doubtful
accounts. Because of the significant uncertainties surrounding the COVID-19 outbreak, the Company cannot accurately estimate
the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact at this time.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(CONTINUED)
Concentrations and credit risk
Credit risk
Financial instruments that potentially
subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash. As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, $1,889,093
and $1,113 of the Company’s cash were on deposits at financial institutions in Hong Kong, are insured by Hong Kong Deposit
Board and subject to a certain limitation of HKD 500,000 (about $ 64,505). As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, $4,930,406 and $3,920,811
of the Company’s cash were on deposits at financial institutions in the mainland China, where there currently is no rule
or regulation requiring such financial institutions to maintain insurance to cover bank deposits in the event of bank failure.
While management believes that these financial institutions are of high credit quality, it also continually monitors their credit
worthiness.
Accounts
receivable are typically unsecured and derived from revenue earned from customers, thereby exposed to credit risk. The risk is
mitigated by the Company’s assessment of its customers’ creditworthiness and its ongoing monitoring of outstanding
balances.
Customer
and supplier concentration risk
The Company’s revenues are derived from enrolled
students or institutions that are located primarily in China. For the year ended March 31, 2020, no customers accounted for over
10% of the Company’s total revenue. For the year ended March 31, 2019, two customers accounted for approximately 16% and
13% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. For the year ended March 31, 2018, one institutional customer from online
education service segment accounted for approximately 10% of the Company’s total revenue.
As
of March 31, 2020, two customers accounted for 15% and 11% of the total outstanding accounts receivable balance, respectively.
As of March 31, 2019, one institutional customer accounted for 70% of the total outstanding accounts receivable balance.
For
the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, no suppliers accounted for more than 10% of total purchases.
A
loss of either of these customers or suppliers could adversely affect the operating results or cash flows of the Company.
Statements
of cash flows
In
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 230, “Statement of Cash Flows,” cash flows from the Company are calculated based upon
the local currencies. As a result, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the Company’s statements of cash
flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In February 2016, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).
The main objective is to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities
on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, for (1) public business entities, (2) not-for-profit
entities that have issued, or are conduit bond obligors for, securities that are traded, listed, or quoted on an exchange or an
over-the-counter market, and (3) employee benefit plans that file financial statements with the SEC. In July 2018, the FASB issued
an update that provided an additional transition option that allows companies to continue applying the guidance under the lease
standard in effect at that time in the comparative periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. Companies that elect
this option would record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings on the date of adoption. Early
adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company adopted this ASU starting April 1, 2019, and evaluated and deemed that it did
not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 (“ASU 2016-13”),
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”.
ASU 2016-13 requires companies to measure credit losses utilizing a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires
a consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. ASU 16-13 was further
amended in November 2019 in “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit losses”. This guidance
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including those interim periods within those fiscal years. For
emerging growth companies, the effective date is has been extended to fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2022. The Company
is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(CONTINUED)
Recent accounting pronouncements (Continued)
In August 2018, the FASB issued
ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for
Fair Value Measurement,” to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to financial statements related to recurring
or nonrecurring fair value measurements by removing amounts and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value
hierarchy, policies for timing of transfers between different levels for fair value measurements, and the valuation processes for
Level 3 fair value measurements. The new standard requires disclosure of the range and weighted average of significant unobservable
inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are effective for all entities for fiscal
years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not expect that the adoption
of this ASU will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued
ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes,” which removes certain exceptions
to the general principles in Topic 740, and also improves consistent application of and simplify U.S. GAAP for other areas of Topic
740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for
fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. For all other entities, the amendments
in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2022. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted. The Company expects that the adoption of this ASU will
not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company does not believe
other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the consolidated
financial position, statements of operations and cash flows.
NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE,
NET
Accounts receivable consisted of the following:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
1,053,950
|
|
|
$
|
2,392,176
|
|
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(511,037
|
)
|
|
|
(610,816
|
)
|
Total accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
542,913
|
|
|
$
|
1,781,360
|
|
The recovery for doubtful accounts
was $68,359 for the years ended March 31, 2020. Provisions for doubtful accounts was $353,657 and $142,781 for the years
ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 4 – LOANS TO THIRD PAIRTIES, NET
Loans to third parties consisted of the
following:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Loans to third parties, current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Chuangyouyi Education Technology Co.,Ltd (a)
|
|
$
|
85,980
|
|
|
$
|
90,825
|
|
Beijing Dejinbao Mining Engineering Co., Ltd (b)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
490,420
|
|
Guizhou Hengsheng Technology Development Co., Ltd (c)
|
|
|
42,316
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Loans to third parties, noncurrent:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Dejinbao Mining Engineering Co., Ltd (b)
|
|
|
579,335
|
|
|
|
89,404
|
|
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Chuangyouyi Education Technology Co.,Ltd (a)
|
|
|
(85,980
|
)
|
|
|
(90,825
|
)
|
Total loan to third parties, net
|
|
$
|
621,651
|
|
|
$
|
579,824
|
|
|
(a)
|
On December 25, 2017, Distance Learning loaned RMB600,000 (USD84,631 as of March 31, 2020) to Beijing
Chuangyouyi Education Technology Co.,Ltd (“Chuangyouyi”). The loan bears an interest rate of 6% and is not guaranteed.
The maturity was December 24, 2018. Chuangyouyi did not repay upon maturity, the Company has fully accrued allowance for the balance.
|
|
(b)
|
On September 5, 2017, Distance Learning loaned RMB3,000,000 (USD423,155 as of March 31, 2020) to
Beijing Dejinbao Mining Engineering Co., Ltd (“Dejinbao”). The loan bears an interest rate of 6% and is not guaranteed.
The original maturity was September 5, 2019, and was later extended to September 4, 2021. On September 27, 2018, Distance Learning
loaned an additional RMB600,000 (USD84,631 as of March 31, 2020) to Dejinbao. The loan bears an interest rate of 6% and is not
guaranteed. The maturity of the loan is September 26, 2022.
|
|
(c)
|
On November 7, 2019 Guizhou Huafu loaned RMB500,000 (USD70,526 as of March 31, 2020) to
Guizhou Hengsheng Technology Development Co., Ltd (“Hengsheng”). The maturity was May 7, 2020. On January 15,
2020, Hengsheng repaid RMB200,000. Hengshegn have repaid the remining loaned balance of RMB300, 000 on May 8, 2020.
|
NOTE 5 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Buildings
|
|
$
|
469,765
|
|
|
$
|
463,464
|
|
Electronic equipment
|
|
|
151,413
|
|
|
|
236,973
|
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
|
203,814
|
|
|
|
260,537
|
|
Motor vehicles
|
|
|
151,308
|
|
|
|
159,842
|
|
Software
|
|
|
353,550
|
|
|
|
313,325
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
78,848
|
|
|
|
83,295
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
1,408,698
|
|
|
|
1,517,436
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(633,233
|
)
|
|
|
(648,634
|
)
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
775,465
|
|
|
$
|
868,802
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense was
$164,942, $131,024 and $121,934 for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 6 – INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED ENTITIES
The Company’s investments in unconsolidated
entities consisted of the following:
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2019
|
|
Equity investments without readily determinable fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Tianyuebowen Science and Technology Co., Ltd. (a)
|
|
$
|
126,946
|
|
|
$
|
134,106
|
|
Zhongtai International Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (b)
|
|
|
141,052
|
|
|
|
149,007
|
|
Equity method investment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nanjing Wei You Xue Information Technology Co., Ltd. (c)
|
|
|
71,828
|
|
|
|
76,337
|
|
Impairment of investments in unconsolidated entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Tianyuebowen Science and Technology Co., Ltd. (a)
|
|
|
(115,969
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Zhongtai International Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (b)
|
|
|
(141,052
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Nanjing Wei You Xue Information Technology Co., Ltd. (c)
|
|
|
(71,828
|
)
|
|
|
(76,337
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,977
|
|
|
$
|
283,113
|
|
(a)
|
On June 2, 2016, the Company invested RMB 0.9 million (approximately $0.13 million as of March 31, 2020) in exchange for 10% equity interest of Tianyuebowen through its related party, Beijing Haohua Haofu Investment Co., Ltd. (“Haohua Haofu”). Haohua Haofu signed the investment agreement on behalf of Digital Information and transferred 10% ownership of Tianyuebowen to the Company subsequently. RMB 0.9 million was paid in full by the Company in June 2016. Due to the continual losses of Tianyuebowen, the company believes that the probability of recovering the investment in Tianyuebowen is low. Therefore the company accrued $115,969 impairment loss for the investment in Beijing Tianyuebowen.
|
(b)
|
On August 15, 2016, the Company invested RMB 1.0 million (approximately $0.14 million as of March 31, 2020) in exchange for 15% equity interest of Zhongtai International Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (“Zhongtai”) through Haohua Haofu. Haohua Haofu signed the investment agreement on behalf of Digital Information and transferred the 15% ownership of Zhongtai to the Company subsequently. RMB 1.0 million was paid in full by the Company in August 2016. Due to the continual losses of Zhongta, the company believes that the probability of recovering the investment in Zhongta is low. Therefore the balance of $ 141,052 investment in Zhongtai is fully impaired in fiscal year 2020.
|
(c)
|
On July 3, 2014, Digital Information entered into an equity investment agreement to acquire 49% of the equity interest of Nanjing Wei You Xue Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“Wei You Xue”), with an aggregate consideration of RMB1,862,000 (approximately $0.30 million as of March 31, 2020). The Company uses the equity method to account for the investment, because the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence but does not have control over the investee. Wei You Xue qualified as a related party thereafter. Due to the continual losses of Wei You Xue, the company believes that the probability of recovering the investment in Wei You Xue is low. Therefore the remaining balance of $71,828 investment in Wei You Xue is fully impaired in fiscal year 2019.
|
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 7 –RELATED PARTIES BLALANCE
The Company’s related parties balance
consisted of the following:
(i) Loan to related parties:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Loan to related parties(a)
|
|
$
|
2,537,532
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
(a)
|
The balance is due from Horwath Capital Consultants Limited (“Horwath Capital”), to which the Company’s chairman serves as a director. On November 1, 2019 and December 4, 2019 the Company loaned $851,825 and $1,650,000 to Horwath Capital, respectively.
The loan bears an interest rate of 4% and is not guaranteed. The maturity was July 31, 2020. On July 20, 2020 and July 30, 2020,
Horwath Capital fully repaid $851,825 and $1,650,000 to the Company, respectively.
|
(ii) Due to related party:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Due to shareholders
|
|
$
|
282,121
|
|
|
$
|
245,006
|
|
Due to key management personnel
|
|
|
4,232
|
|
|
|
7,868
|
|
Due to related parties
|
|
$
|
286,353
|
|
|
$
|
252,874
|
|
(b)
|
The balance of due to shareholders mainly due to the principal shareholders of the Company who provide funds for the Company’s
operations. The payables are unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand.
|
NOTE 8 – TAXES
Corporate Income Taxes (“CIT”)
The Company is subject to income
taxes on an entity basis on income arising in or derived from the tax jurisdiction in which each entity is domiciled. Wah Fu is
an offshore holding company and is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.
Wah Fu Holding was incorporated
in Hong Kong and is subject to Hong Kong corporate income tax at a rate of 8.25% on assessable profits up to HK$2,000,000 and 16.5%
on any part of assessable profits over HK$2,000,000.
Distance Learning was registered
in the PRC and is subject to corporate income tax at a reduced rate of 15% starting from 2014, when it was approved by local government
as a High-technology Company. The certificate of High-technology Company will expire in December 2020.
Hunan Huafu, Shanghai Xia Shu,
Shanghai Xin Fu, Nanjing Suyun, Guizhou Huafu, Fuzhou Huafu , Laoning Huafu, Guangxi Huafu, Sichuan Huafu and Guangzhou Huafu were
registered in the PRC and are subject to corporate income tax at a reduced rate of 10% starting from the inception dates when they
were approved by local government as small-scaled minimal profit enterprises. Huaxia MOOC was subject to coporate income tax at
a reduced rate of 10% from the inception date till the end of 2019. The income tax rate increased to 25% since 2020. Digital Information
was registered in the PRC and is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 25%.
Per share
effect of the tax savings were $0.06 for the year ended March 31, 2018.
(i) The components of the income tax expense (benefit)
are as follows:
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
March 31,
2019
|
|
|
March 31,
2018
|
|
Current income tax provision
|
|
$
|
100,741
|
|
|
$
|
9,627
|
|
|
$
|
247,862
|
|
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
111,757
|
|
|
|
(106,431
|
)
|
|
|
(155,839
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
212,498
|
|
|
$
|
(96,804
|
)
|
|
$
|
92,023
|
|
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 8 – TAXES (CONTINUED)
Corporate Income Taxes (“CIT”) (Continued)
(ii) The following table summarizes
deferred tax assets resulting from differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
113,062
|
|
|
$
|
129,742
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
219,177
|
|
|
|
83,876
|
|
Net operating loss carry-forwards
|
|
|
465,059
|
|
|
|
402,876
|
|
Total deferred tax asset
|
|
|
797,298
|
|
|
|
616,494
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(525,183
|
)
|
|
|
(213,028
|
)
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
272,115
|
|
|
$
|
403,466
|
|
According to Chinese tax regulations, net
operating loss (“NOL”) can be carried forward to offset operating income for five years. A valuation allowance is established
for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that these items will either expire before the Company is able to realize
their benefits, or that the realization of future deductions is uncertain. Management performs an assessment over future taxable
income to analyze whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary differences become deductible. As of March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, valuation allowance accrued for deferred
tax assets was $525,183 and $213,028, respectively.
(iii) The following table reconciles
the PRC statutory rates to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
March 31,
2019
|
|
|
March 31,
2018
|
|
Statutory PRC income tax rate
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
Favorable tax rate impact (a)
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(11.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(15.3
|
)%
|
Permanent difference
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)%
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(29.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
(14.9
|
)%
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
(a)
|
Distance Learning is subject to a favorable tax rate of 15%; Shanghai Xia Shu, Shanghai Xin Fu, Hunan Huafu, Nanjing Suyun, Guizhou Huafu, Fuzhou Huafu, Liaoning Huafu and Huafu Silu are subject to a favorable tax rate of 10%.
|
Taxes payable
Taxes payable consisted of the following:
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
$
|
274,296
|
|
|
$
|
285,821
|
|
Value added tax payable
|
|
|
26,239
|
|
|
|
24,585
|
|
Other taxes payable
|
|
|
13,517
|
|
|
|
8,279
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
314,052
|
|
|
$
|
318,685
|
|
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 9 – LEASES
On April
1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (ASC Topic 842). For all leases that were entered into prior to the effective
date of Topic 842, the Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients. The Company leases office space under non-cancelable
operating leases, with terms typically ranging from one to four years. The Company determines whether an arrangement is or includes
an embedded lease at contract inception.
Operating
lease assets and lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date and initially measured based on the present value of lease
payments over the defined lease term. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The
components of lease expense were as follows:
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
|
Operating lease cost
|
|
$
|
293,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (Months)
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Discount Rate
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
4.75
|
%
|
Maturities of lease liabilities
were as follows:
Twelve months ending March 31,
|
|
|
|
2021
|
|
$
|
276,564
|
|
2022
|
|
|
273,497
|
|
2023
|
|
|
99,841
|
|
Total Lease Payments
|
|
|
649,902
|
|
Less Imputed Interest
|
|
|
(33,975
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
615,927
|
|
NOTE 10 – EQUITY
Ordinary shares
When the Company was incorporated
in British Virgin Islands on July 23, 2012, 50,000 ordinary shares were authorized and issued to the shareholders at a par value
of $1.00 each. The 50,000 shares were allocated to previous capital contributions by the shareholders.
On March 15, 2018, the Board
of Directors adopted a consent resolution to effectuate a forward stock split to sub-divide the original 50,000 issued ordinary
shares of a nominal or par value of US$1 in the capital of the Company into 5,000,000 ordinary shares of a nominal or par value
of US$0.01. Following such stock split, the Board of Directors on Mach 16, 2018, approved an increase of the authorized ordinary
shares to 30,000,000 shares. On March 20, 2018, the Board of Directors adopted another consent resolution to decrease the issued
and outstanding ordinary shares to 3,200,000, by way of share surrender by then existing shareholders on a pro rata basis and related
cancelation. All the existing shareholders and directors of the Company consider the stock split of original 50,000 ordinary shares
on March 15, 2018 and the subsequent reorganization of shares by way of share surrender on March 20, 2018 as part of the company’s
recapitalization to result in 3,200,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding prior to completion of its initial public offering.
The Company has retroactively restated all shares and per share data for all the periods presented pursuant to ASC 260.
On April 29, 2019, the Company
announced the closing of its initial public offering of 1,181,033 ordinary shares at a public offering price of $5.00 per share,
generating total gross proceeds of approximately $5.9 million before deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and other related
expenses. The shares began trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market on Tuesday, April 30, 2019 under the ticker symbol “WAFU”.
As a result, the Company had
30,000,000 authorized ordinary shares, $0.01 par value per share, of which 4,381,033 and 3,200,000 were issued and outstanding
as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 10 – EQUITY (CONTINUED)
Statutory reserves
The Company is required to make
appropriations to certain reserve funds, comprising the statutory surplus reserve and the discretionary surplus reserve, based
on after-tax net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”).
Appropriations to the statutory surplus reserve are required to be at least 10% of the after-tax net income determined in accordance
with PRC GAAP until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entity’s registered capital. Appropriations to the surplus reserve
are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance of statutory reserves was $231,424
and $222,180, respectively.
Non-controlling interest
On April 25, 2017, Guizhou Huafu was incorporated
under the law of PRC, of which Distance Learning owns 51% of ownership interest, and the other 49% equity interest is owned
by a third party company. The third party company made RMB 200,000 (approximately $30,237) capital contribution in December 2017.
On May 10, 2018, Fuzhou Huafu was incorporated
under the law of PRC, of which Distance Learning owns 65% of ownership interest, and three individuals own 35% of ownership interest.
One individual shareholder made RMB 75,000 (approximately $10,976) capital contribution in August 2018.
In April 2017, one individual shareholder made RMB 75,000 (approximately
$10,882) capital contribution to Huaxia MOOC. On September 28, 2018, Huaxia MOOC increased
its subscription capital from RMB 5 million to RMB 6.25 million. In October 2018, one non- controlling shareholder made cash contribution
of RMB 375,000 (approximately $54,192).
Warrants issued for services
According to the underwriting agreement
which singed on August 2, 2018, on April 16, 2019, the company issued warrants to underwriter (Network 1 Financial Securities,
Inc.) and its employees to purchased 59,052 ordinary shares at an exercise price of 125% of the IPO price, namely $6.25 dollars
per share, at any time or from time to time from August 13, 2019 (the “Exercise Date”), and at or before 5:00 p.m.,
Eastern time, February 14, 2022 (the “Expiration Date”). As of the date of this report, the underwriter hasn’t
exercised the warrants.
The fair value of these warrants granted
on April 16, 2019 was $295,260. It is estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:
|
|
Common Stock Warrants
April 16,
2019
|
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
|
2.83
|
|
Risk-free interest rate (%)
|
|
|
1.64
|
%
|
Expected volatility (%)
|
|
|
995.79
|
%
|
Dividend yield (%)
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Warrant activity is summarized as follows:
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Weighted Average
Exercise
Price
|
|
Warrants outstanding at March 31, 2019
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
59,052
|
|
|
$
|
6.25
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Warrants outstanding at March 31, 2020
|
|
|
59,052
|
|
|
$
|
6.25
|
|
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 11 – SEGMENT REPORTING
ASC 280, “Segment
Reporting,” establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the
Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and
major customers in financial statements for details on the Company’s business segments. The Company uses the
“management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the
internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions
and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Management, including the
chief operating decision maker, reviews operation results by the revenue of different products. Based on management’s
assessment, the Company has determined that it has two operating segments: online education services, and technological
development and operation service. Our online education segment consists of two types of online services: Online Education
Cloud Service (“B2B2C”) and Online Training Service (“B2C”).
The following tables present summary information
by segment for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively:
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
March 31,
2019
|
|
|
March 31,
2018
|
|
Revenue from Online Education Service
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from B2B2C Service
|
|
$
|
4,685,132
|
|
|
$
|
3,540,536
|
|
|
$
|
4,467,605
|
|
Revenue from B2C Service
|
|
|
685,568
|
|
|
|
645,060
|
|
|
|
554,480
|
|
Revenue from Technological Development and Operation Service
|
|
|
266,670
|
|
|
|
1,172,427
|
|
|
|
945,811
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,637,370
|
|
|
$
|
5,358,023
|
|
|
$
|
5,967,896
|
|
All the Company’s revenue was generated
from its business operation in China.
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31, 2020
|
|
|
|
Online Education Service
|
|
|
Technological Development and Operation Service
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
5,370,700
|
|
|
$
|
266,670
|
|
|
$
|
5,637,370
|
|
Cost of revenue and related tax
|
|
|
3,020,735
|
|
|
|
366,230
|
|
|
|
3,386,965
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
2,349,965
|
|
|
$
|
(99,560
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,250,405
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
156,111
|
|
|
$
|
8,831
|
|
|
$
|
164,942
|
|
Total capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
73,564
|
|
|
$
|
1,477
|
|
|
$
|
75,041
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31, 2019
|
|
|
|
Online Education Service
|
|
|
Technological Development and Operation Service
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
4,185,596
|
|
|
$
|
1,172,427
|
|
|
$
|
5,358,023
|
|
Cost of revenue and related tax
|
|
|
2,418,522
|
|
|
|
435,857
|
|
|
|
2,854,379
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
1,767,074
|
|
|
$
|
736,570
|
|
|
$
|
2,503,644
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
123,293
|
|
|
$
|
7,731
|
|
|
$
|
131,024
|
|
Total capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
336,267
|
|
|
$
|
14,017
|
|
|
$
|
350,284
|
|
WAH FU EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 11 – SEGMENT REPORTING (CONTINUED)
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31, 2018
|
|
|
|
Online Education
Service
|
|
|
Technological Development and Operation Service
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
5,022,085
|
|
|
$
|
945,811
|
|
|
$
|
5,967,896
|
|
Cost of revenue and related tax
|
|
|
1,811,117
|
|
|
|
418,379
|
|
|
|
2,229,496
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
3,210,968
|
|
|
$
|
527,432
|
|
|
$
|
3,738,400
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
101,679
|
|
|
$
|
20,255
|
|
|
$
|
121,934
|
|
Total capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
546,131
|
|
|
$
|
7,399
|
|
|
$
|
553,530
|
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2020
|
|
|
As of
March 31,
2019
|
|
Total assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online Education Service
|
|
$
|
12,353,413
|
|
|
$
|
7,796,930
|
|
Technological Development and Operation Service
|
|
|
211,866
|
|
|
|
685,724
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
12,565,279
|
|
|
$
|
8,482,654
|
|
NOTE 12 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
As of the reporting date, the COVID-19 still exist in some provinces
in China. Because our main business is online education and we were able to keep providing services during the pandemic, the adverse
effect of the COVID-19 is not material. Due to the fact that colleges and universities throughout the country did not start school
during the pandemic, the Company is experiencing certain delays of payments from customers, and minor withdrawals from the Company’s
services. Although the number of existing continuing education users who switch from real life to online learning is increasing,
the new demand for continuing education promotion in a certain period of time in the future is still uncertain. In addition, the
postpone of examinations and uncertain school schedule for the following academic year may continue to materially adversely affect
the Company’s business operations and condition and operating results for 2020, including but not limited to material negative
impact on its total revenue, slower collection of accounts receivables, and additional allowance for doubtful accounts. Because
of the significant uncertainties surrounding the COVID-19 outbreak, the Company cannot accurately estimate the extent of the business
disruption and the related financial impact at this time.
F-25
Grafico Azioni Wah Fu Education (NASDAQ:WAFU)
Storico
Da Ott 2024 a Nov 2024
Grafico Azioni Wah Fu Education (NASDAQ:WAFU)
Storico
Da Nov 2023 a Nov 2024